LM-Travel Services Grade

10

K to 12 Basic Education Program

TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD
EDUCATION HOME ECONOMICS

TRAVEL SERVICES

Specialization Course for Grade 10

1
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Table of Contents
Cover Page
Table of Contents
Introduction...……………………………………………………….………………
Content Standard and Performance Standard
Objectives
Program
Requirements
Learning Episodes
How to Use this Learning Material
Diagnostic Assessment……………………………………………………...

Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs)

Environment and Market (EM)

Quarter I
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 1……………………………………………………………….……
Lesson 1: THE PHILIPPINE TOURISM INDUSTRY (PT)
Learning Outcome 1 Understand the Vital Function of the Philippine
Tourism Offices
Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Role of the Private Sector in the
Philippine Tourism Industry
Enhancement Activity………………………………………………………..
Lesson 2: Travel MANAGEMENT COMPANIES AND TRAVEL
AGENCIES (TM)
Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Travel Management Companies
and Travel Agencies
Learning Outcome 2 State the Functions of Travel Management
Company (TMC) /Travel Agency
Learning Outcome 3 Explain the Organizational
Structure of
TMC/Travel Agency
Learning Outcome 4 Plan to Put Up a Travel Agency
Enhancement
Activity……………………………………………………….. Post-Test
1…………………………………...……………………………….

2
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Quarter II
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 2……………………………………………………………..
Lesson 1: MARKET AND DESTINATION (MD)
Learning Outcome 1 Identify the Markets and
Destinations Learning Outcome 2 Discuss the
Types of Tourism
Learning Outcome 3 Assess and Match Travel Destination Suitable
for Travelers
Learning Outcome 4 Read and Interpret Map
Learning Outcome 5 Recognize Famous Tourist Destinations in the
World
Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………..
Lesson 2: THE INTERNET AND E-TRAVEL COMMERCE (ET)
Learning Outcome 1 Practice the Internet and E-Travel
Commerce Learning Outcome 2 Describe the
Capabilities of Global Distribution
System (GDS)
Enhancement
Activity……………………………………………………….. Post-Test
2……………………………………………………………………

Quarter III
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 3……………………………………………………………………
Lesson 1: THE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT CYCLE
Learning Outcome 1 Arrange Flight Itinerary Using a Map and
Planner
Learning Outcome 2 Discuss Flight Reservation and
Confirmation Learning Outcome 3 Follow Rules and
Principles in Airfare
Calculation and Travel Documentation
Enhancement
Activity……………………………………………………… Lesson 2:
CORPORATE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT
Learning Outcome 1 Practice Corporate Travel
Management Learning Outcome 2 Explain the MICE of
Travel Management Learning Outcome 3 Describe the
3
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Intranet and Extranets in Travel
Management
Enhancement……………………………………………………………
…. Post-Test
3…………………………………………………………………

4
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Quarter IV
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 4…………………………………………………………....……….
Lesson 1: TOUR AND TRAVEL PRODUCTS
Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Tour and Travel
Products Learning Outcome 2 Identify the Maritime
Travel Products
Learning Outcome 3 Determine the Types of Lodging/Accommodation
Establishments in the Philippines
Learning Outcome 4 Discuss the Group Travel
Arrangements
Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………

Lesson 2: TRAVEL AGENCY ACCOUNTING DOCUMENTS & THE

BILLING STATEMENT PLAN
Learning Outcome 1 Process Travel and Tour Accounting
Documents Learning Outcome 2 Follow Procedures for
Airline Ticket Payment
Through the Banking System
Enhancement
Activity…………………………………………………….
Integration…………………………………………………………………
…. Post-Test 4…………………….……..
……………………………………

Summative Assessment………………….……………………………………..
Synthesis……………………….………………………………………………...
Glossary…………………….…………………………………………………….
References……………….……………………………………………………...

5
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Introduction
Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) is one
nomenclature in the implementation of the K to 12 Basic Education
Program (BEP). It is composed of four components, namely, Agri-
Fishery Arts, Home Economics, Industrial Arts and Information and
Communication Technology. In this learning material, the focus is
on a course in Home Economics – Travel Services.

The course provides varied and relevant activities and

opportunities to determine your understanding of the key concepts
and to demonstrate core competencies as prescribed in TESDA
Training Regulation in Travel Services. Thus, it aims to provide
quality service to target clients along side of assessing yourself as
to the aspects of business that you may consider to strengthen and
safeguard before you become a part of the travel service provider
sector.

The world of work today presents a picture of available jobs

that are getting scarcer each year. To address this reality, the
Department of Education is stretching its available resources,
prioritizing needs, and developing sustainable programs to lead and
to prepare the young minds as future skillful travel agents or to any
related jobs. The department further believes that it is in honing the
skills the learner can have an edge over other job seekers. DepEd
endeavors to equip the learners with the appropriate knowledge,
attitude, values and skills necessary to become productive citizen of
our society.

This learning material is specifically crafted to focus on the

different activities that will assess your level in terms of skills and
knowledge necessary to get a Certificate of Competency and/or
National Certification. This learning material will surely make you a
certified travel service provider.

So, explore and experience the K to 12 TLE Curriculum!

6
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Content Standard
The learners demonstrate understanding of the concepts and
theories in Travel Services.

Performance Standard

The learner independently demonstrates competencies in

Travel Services as prescribed in the TESDA Training Regulation.

Objectives

This module is dedicated for learners who aspire to improve

their understanding and skills in Travel Services and serve as their
guide in attaining the National Certificate Level II (NCII).
Generally, learners are expected to become proficient in
performing skills on the following competencies:
1. explain key concepts in Travel Services;
2. discuss the relevance of the course; and
3. explore career opportunities for Travel Services.

Program Requirements
Grade 10 students who will take Travel Services course as
their specialization in Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) –
Home Economics should have successfully taken the exploratory
courses in their Grade 7/8 and have successfully completed any skill
specialization in Grade 9.
The student of this course must possess the following:

1. Excellent communication skills (must be proficient in the

Native Language/s; Filipino, English, and/or Foreign
language/s);
2. Computer literacy;
3. Good visual impact and pleasing personality; and
4. Perfect vision (20/20) or if with contact lenses should not be
7
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
beyond 20/30.

8
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Learners are expected to manifest a desire to further develop
their knowledge and skill in Travel Services. They should have a
clear understanding about booking travel-related reservation,
administering billing and settlement plan, and issuing air, sea, land
tickets and multi-purpose documents. Learners are required to
demonstrate desirable work habits and attitudes towards the
completion of outputs.
The learner’s materials should be taken for the whole year
round, with a total of 40 hours per quarter. Lessons should be taken
one at a time, following the correct sequence being presented and
should accomplish the assessment or enhancement activity before
proceeding to the next lesson.
Along the learning process, learners of this course are also
required to complete the 25-hour industry involvement to different
travel sectors such as travel agencies and airlines for them to
become familiar with the nature of the actual workplace.

Learning Episodes
This learning resource is subdivided into four (4) quarters
which may serve as the recommended scope and limit for every
academic grading period. Every quarter, there are lessons that
comprise the learning outcomes. Before exploring the core
competencies of Travel Services, you will be guided on how to
assess your own Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies and Skills
(PECS) and let you demonstrate your understanding about the
Environment and Market.
Quarter I includes Lesson 1 on The Philippine Tourism Industry
that enables you to understand the vital function and role of the
government and private sectors in managing and developing the
Philippine tourism industry, and Lesson 2 on Travel Management

9
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Companies explains the organizational set up and function of travel
agencies/TMCs as intermediary between the travel producers and
clients.

10
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Quarter II has two lessons namely: Lesson 1 Market and
Destination and Lesson 2 The Internet and E-Travel Commerce.
Lesson 1 expects you to identify and assess the travel markets and
match them with the suitable destination, while Lesson 2 allows you
to practice the internet and E-travel commerce, describe the
capabilities of a Global Distribution System (GDS) and work with the
Amadeus GDS environment.

Quarter III covers two Lessons namely: Lesson 1 The Travel

Management Cycle that will let you arrange flight itinerary using a
map and planner, discuss flight reservation and confirmation, and
follow rules and principles in airfare calculation and travel
documentation; on the other hand, Lesson 2 Corporate Travel
Management expects you to practice corporate travel management,
explain the characteristics of Meetings, Incentives, Convention and
Exhibitions (MICE), and describe the usage of Intranet and Extranet
in travel management.

Quarter IV details about Lesson 1 Tour and Travel Products

that lets you identify the different travel products in the country;
and lastly, in Lesson 2 Travel and Tour Accounting Documents and
Billing Settlement Plan, you will process travel and accounting
documents, and follow procedures for airline ticket payment
through the banking system.

Good luck and use this learning material as your guide to

become a successful travel service provider in the future.

11
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

HOW TO USE THIS LEARNING MATERIAL?

Here are some reminders for you as you use the modules.
Be sure to take note of them.
1. A diagnostic test precedes the activities in this learning
material. Prepare answer sheet where you can accomplish the
tests in each learning episodes. Complete the diagnostic test
first before you go through the activities. The diagnostic test
determines how much you know about the lessons in the
learning material and identifies the areas you ought to learn
more. Your teacher will assist you to check and to analyze your
score in relation to your learning needs.
2. Each learning material has a sequence of activities. It contains
integrative and relevant information worthy of learning
prescribed competencies and performing the necessary tasks.
Go over each activity carefully. If you encounter difficulties, do
not hesitate to consult your teacher for assistance. Do not skip
any topic unless you are told to do so. REMEMBER that each
activity is a preparation for the succeeding activities.
3. For every lesson/learning outcome an enhancement activity
follows to help enrich the knowledge and skills you have gained.
4. When you have successfully finished all tasks in the learning
material, answer the post test to be given by your teacher. Your
score will be analyzed and will be used by your teacher for the
computation of your grade.
5. Lastly, DO NOT mark the learning material in any way.

12
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

DIAGNOSTIC ASSESSMENT
A. Multiple Choice
Direction: Read the statements carefully and write the letter
of your best choice in your answer sheet.

1. This means to be innovative, to have an edge over the other competitors

a. people skills
b. creativity
c. profit oriented
d. discipline

2. This is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures

the essence of your brand.
a. Product Naming
b. Unique Selling Proposition
c. Branding
d. Tagline

3. Refers to a skill in strategic thinking and setting of goals

a. decision making
b. hardworking
c. planning
d. self-confidence

4. In this stage, the needs of the target market are identified,

reviewed and evaluated.
a. Concept Development
b. Economic Analysis
c. Project Development
d. Refine Specification

5. This is generated by examining what goods and services are sold

outside by the community.
a. Business Creation
b. Business Pricing
c. Business Concept
d. Business Idea

13
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
6. The government agency that has the authority to regulate,
supervise, and license all tourism sub-sectors
a. Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG)
b. Department of Tourism (DOT)
c. Philippine Tourism Authority (PTA)
d. Philippine National Police (PNP)

7. This kind of tourist destination will surely bring relaxation and

relieve stress to the visitors during their spear time. Some of which
are the theme park, casino, fitness center, and spa center
a. Entertainment
b. Shopping
c. Recreation
d. Education

8. The company that offers travel services by sea

a. Sulpicio Lines
b. Victory Liner
c. Cebu Pacific
d. PAL Express

9. As stipulated in the law, travel agencies have the right to collect

commission from the travel producers/vendor of about 10 t0 15% of
the product selling price which pertains to
a. Rate-minus
b. Net-plus
c. Cost-plus
d. Rate-cost

10. Travel Management Company (TMC) performs the following role

in the travel distribution cycle, except
a. As retailer
b. As product producer
c. As counselor
d. As profit earner

14
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
11.Type of business entity organized by two or more individuals
who agree to share responsibilities with regard to business
management and finances.
a. Sole proprietorship
b. Cooperative
c. Corporation
d. Partnership

12. This TMC department segment will benefit when the marketing
plans are effectively delivered to the consuming public.
a. Personnel
b. Sales
c. Accounting
d. Operations

13. It is described as that which motivates travelers to visit places is

the recognition they receive from locals because of their
distinguished social status, achievement, education, and good
reputation.
a. Interpersonal motive
b. Cultural motive
c. Status and prestige
d. Physical motive

14. Clients who have not yet established their own family have
the greater tendency to avail of travel packages. The basis for this
travel motivator is
a. Gender
b. Civil Status
c. Education
d. Budget

15.An example of lodging establishment

a. Shopping mall
b. Cafeteria
c. R&E Transport
d. Apartel
16. The type of tourism Aling Nenita does when visiting various
churches in Luzon during the Lenten season.
a. Historical tourism

15
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
b. Religious tourism
c. Eco-tourism
d. Cultural tourism

16
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
17. A kind of traveler who is willing to pay more for as long as the
best travel services will be given to him
a. Regular traveler
b. Budget traveler
c. High-end traveler
d. Corporate traveler

18. The part of the Philippine map that defines all symbols, colors,
and other markings used in the illustration.
a. Label
b. Scale
c. Title
d. Legend

19.Pertains to water passage between lands.

a. Strait
b. Fjords
c. Bay
d. Gulf

20.Russia is part of this continental land area.

a. South America
b. Middle East
c. Europe
d. Africa

21. The continent land area where you can find nature’s wonder,
the “Great Barrier Reef”
a. North America
b. South America
c. Oceania
d. Asia

22. Below are the typical functions of a Computerized Reservation

System (CRS), except
a. Confirm seat availability information
b. Cancel existing reservations
c. Provide reservation information
d. Sell tickets for multiple airlines

17
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
23. This refers to Worldspan’s pre-ticketing fare tool that protects
airline against incorrectly priced or reissued tickets.
a. Worldspan FareSource
b. Worldspan SecuRate Air
c. Travelport Rapid Reprice
d. Travelport FareVerified

24.Which of these is not a Global Distribution System?

a. Amadeus
b. Galileo
c. Experia
d. Sabre

25. What Department of Tourism office formulates the tourism

standards, approves the construction of tourism establishments,
and accredits the operations of travel agencies?
a. Planning, Product Development and Coordination
b. Tourism Promotions
c. Tourism Services and Regional Offices
d. Internal Services

26. The complete record of all requirements of the passenger, and

provides a history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and
relevant information.
a. Booking Card
b. Itinerary Card
c. Passport
d. None of the Above

27.This is the flight schedule requested to be included in the client’s

itinerary.
a. Flight Itinerary
b. Estimated Time of Arrival
c. Estimated Time of Departure
d. Passenger’s Number Record
28. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and
makes a change online or interline in one or more cities en route
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
c. Connecting Flight
18
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

19
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
29. Contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a
one-week period.
a. Schedule Display
b. Time-Table Display
c. Flight Information
d. Airtime Access Levels

30. A term that refers to coming together of a group of people

with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or
purposes
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives

31. This is a group meeting devoted to analyze solutions of

concrete problems, or to acquire specific skills or knowledge in a
particular field
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

32. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to study

the same subjects.
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel

33. This refers to any private meeting or secret assembly that is

held to elect a new pope. It may also be applied in the boardroom
of a corporation, when the directors meet in secret to discuss a
possible hostile takeover

a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

20
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
34. Refers to those travelers of executive rank, such as directors,
assistant and executive vice presidents, presidents, chairperson and
the like, traveling to represent the company in events overseas, or
to attend corporate affairs in a multinational setting
a. Mariners
b. Corporate Executives
c. Business persons
d. Land-based overseas workers

35. Refers to the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered

benches on each side which can sit up to three people
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

36. This flight class has air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each
side of the cabin.
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

37. The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines

today, that operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour packages
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises

38.The other name for Line MRT-3

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line

21
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
39. Refers to sightseeing tours with other individual on a first-
come-first- accommodated basis, on schedule departures.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
d. Sightseeing Tours

40. Refers to a retail business that sells travel products and

services to customers on behalf of suppliers
a. Travel Agency
b. Retail Agency
c. Product Agency
d. Suppliers Agency

41. The name of the card that provides health and accident security
overseas in a manner that the host country handles all the
necessary requirements a traveler may have.
a. Tour Card
b. Multipurpose Card
c. Assist Card
d. Departure Card

42.The meaning of AITA

a. International Air Transportation Association
b. Interrelated Air Transportation Association
c. Interrupted Air Transportation Association
d. Intermission Air Transportation Association

43.The meaning of ADM

a. Agency Debris Memo
b. Agency Debit Memo
c. Agency Detour Memo
d. Agency Dire Memo
44. Characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts
business and sells directly only to the traveler.
a. TMC/ Travel Agency
b. TTMC/ Travel Agency
c. AITA/ Travel Agency
d. BSP/Travel Agency

22
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
45.What is the meaning of GDS?
a. Global Distribution System
b. Gather Data System
c. General Display System
d. Gate Delivery System

46. A publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a

comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide
a. Resort and Travel Index
b. Hotel and Travel Index
c. Reed Travel Index
d. Comprehensive Hotels and Reed Travel Index

47. It brings its unique style to the sea with its ships named Disney Magic and
Disney Wonder
a. Super Disney Ferry
b. Land Cruise
c. Disney Cruise Line
d. Princess Cruise

48. It refers to a special travel arrangement for pilgrims, students,

and any other form of travel that does not fall under the previous
category.
a. Ad Hoc
b. Ad Coalium
c. Ad Initio
d. Prima Facie

49.The other name for Line MRT-2

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
50.The feature of a flight class with individual air-conditioned cabins.
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

23
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL
COMPETENCIES

Content Standards Performance Standards

The learner independently

The learner demonstrates
creates a plan of action that
understanding of one’s PECs in
strengthens and/or further
Travel Services.
develops his/her PECs in Travel
Services.

Time Allotment: 4 hours

Module 1
Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies
Introduction

In this module you will learn more about entrepreneurship and

the entrepreneurial competencies related to Travel Services. You
will have a first- hand experience in educational activities leading to
personal assessment of your entrepreneurial competencies and
assessment of entrepreneurial competencies of a successful Travel
Agent respectively within your province. You will also have some
activities to align your competencies with the competencies of
successful practitioners. Moreover, this module is designed to
stimulate your mind to think about entrepreneurship, its role in the
business community in particular and to the economic and social
development in general.

Now, to start with this module, let us discuss/explain the

terms entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship.

Entrepreneurs are people with skills and capabilities to see

and evaluate business opportunities. They are individuals that can
strategically identify products or services needed by the community
and deliver these at the right time and the right place.

24
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Entrepreneurs are agents of economic change; they organize,
manage and assume risks of a business. Some of the good qualities
of an entrepreneur are opportunity seeker, risk taker, goal setter,
excellent planner, a confident problem solver, as well as
hardworking, persistent and committed describes the worker.

Entrepreneurship is a science that deals with evaluating a

simple business activity. It is a strategic process of innovation and
new venture creation. Basically, entrepreneurship is both an art and
science of converting business ideas into marketable products or
services to improve the quality of living.

Now that you have a little background knowledge about

entrepreneur and entrepreneurship, you can now walk through in
assessing your Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs).
Always remember that “Successful entrepreneurs continuously
develop and improve their PECs.”

To begin with, let us first try to find out the competencies you
will master after finishing this module.

OBJECTIVES
At the end of this module, you are expected to:

 identify areas for improvement, development and growth;

 align your PECs according to your business/career choice; and
 create a plan of action that ensures success in your
business/career choice.

Now, try to take the first challenge in this module -- the pre-
assessment.

PRE-ASSESSMENT

As part of your initial activity, you will be challenged to dig

deeper into your knowledge and previous experiences on the topic.
Try to diagnose/assess what you already know about personal
entrepreneurial competencies by answering Task 1.

25
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Task 1: Matching Type

Direction: Match the entrepreneurial competencies in column A with

their meaning in column B. Choose the letter that describes the
statement, write your answer in your quiz notebook.

Column A Column B
1. Creative a. make a wise decision towards the set
objectives
2. Profit Oriented b. strategic thinking and setting of goals
3. Discipline c. trust in one’s ability
4. Decision Making d. adaptable to change
5. People Skill e. innovative, to have edge over the other
competitors
6. Planner f. solid dedication
7. Self-confidence g. skillful in record keeping
8. Hardworking h. always stick to the plan
9. Ability to accept i. working diligently
change
10. Committed j effective and efficient communication
and relation to people
k. always looking for income

Task 2: Guide Questions

Direction: The following are guide questions which encapsulate the

entire module. Write your answers on your assignment notebook,
then share these to class.

A. Explain why entrepreneurial activities are important to social

development and progress of the economy.
B. What entrepreneurial activities do you know and are capable
of doing which are related to Travel Services?
C. Given the opportunity to own a business that is related with
Travel Services, are you confident to manage it? Explain your
answer.
D. What do you think are the most important competencies you
must possess in order to be successful in running your chosen
business?
E. Name successful entrepreneurs from your province whose
business is related to Travel Services. Be able to share to the
26
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
class their PECs that made them successful.

27
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

After all the guide questions have been answered to the

best of your knowledge and skills, share these with your
classmates. You too, may compare your insights, personal
knowledge of, and relevant experiences on the topic to make it
more exciting and engaging.

LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET

After reading and understanding the objectives of this module

and having gone through pre-assessment and answering the guide
questions, you will be asked to set your own personal goals. These
goals will trigger you to further achieve the ultimate objective of
this module. In the end, these goals will motivate you to learn more
about PECs.

Goals and Learning Ultimate

Targets Activities Goal

Figure 1: Strategic process to achieve the objectives of this module

READING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES

After setting your own personal goals and targets to achieve

the objectives of this module, check first your inherent knowledge of
PECs. Try to answer the following guide questions with the
assistance of your classmates.

Task 3: Group Activity

Direction: Answer the following guide questions on a separate

sheet of paper. Share your answers in class.

1. Explain the importance of assessing one’s PECs before

engaging in a particular entrepreneurial activity.

28
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Are there other strategies or approaches where you can
assess your PECs? Explain how these can become more
useful in selecting a viable business venture.

3. What are the desirable personal characteristics, attributes,

lifestyles, skills and traits of a prospective entrepreneur? Why
do you think these are important?

4. Why is there a need to assess one’s PECs in terms of

characteristics, attributes, lifestyles, skills and traits before
starting a particular business?

5. What is the significance of evaluating the PECs of a

successful entrepreneur? What helpful insights can you draw
from this activity?

How was your experience in answering the guide questions

with your classmates? Were you able to benefit from them? What
were the insights you have realized?

Now, this time you’re going to study the different topics that
will enrich your knowledge of PECs. Read carefully all the important
details about the succeeding topic.

29
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Know

Assessment of Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs) and

skills vis-à-vis a practicing entrepreneur/employee in a province.

Entrepreneurial competencies refer to the important

characteristics that should be possessed by an individual in order to
perform entrepreneurial functions effectively. In this module, you
will learn some of the most important characteristics, attributes,
lifestyle, skills and traits of a successful entrepreneur in order to be
successful in a chosen career.

Below are a few important characteristics/traits/attributes of a

good entrepreneur:

 Hardworking: One of the important characteristics of a

good entrepreneur is hardworking. This means habitually
working diligently for long period of hours. A hardworking
person keeps on improving his/her performance to
produce good products and/or provide good services.

 Self-confident: An entrepreneur has confidence in one’s

ability and own judgment. He/She exhibits self-confidence
in order to cope with all the risks of operating his/her own
business.

 Discipline: Successful entrepreneurs always stick to the

plan and fight the temptation to do what is unimportant.

 Committed: A good entrepreneur accepts full responsibility

for everything in his/her business. He/she gives full
commitment and solid dedication to make the business
successful.

 Ability to accept change: Nothing is permanent but change.

Change occurs frequently. When owning a business, a
person should cope-up and thrive on changes. Capitalize
on positive changes to make your business grow.

 Creative: An entrepreneur should be creative and

innovative to stay in the business and in order to have an
30
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
edge over the other competitors.

31
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Has the Initiative: An entrepreneur takes initiative. He/She
must put yourself in a position where you personally are
responsible for the failure or success of your business.

 Profit-Oriented: He/She enter into the world of business to

generate profit or additional income. This shall become
your bread and butter, and for your family as well.
Therefore, you must see to it the business can generate
income.

Listed below are the important skills of a successful

entrepreneur.

 Planner: Planning is a strategic thinking and setting of

goals to achieve objectives by carefully maximizing all the
available resources. A good entrepreneur develops and
applies step-by-step plans to realize goals. A good
entrepreneur knows that planning is an effective skill only
when combined with action.

 People Skills: People skills refer to an effective and

efficient communication and relation to people working in
and out of one’s business. In day-to-day business
transactions, one needs to deal with people. A well-
developed people skill can spell out the difference
between success and failure of the business. It is a skill
which is very important in order to be successful in any
kind of business.

 Decision Making: Successful entrepreneurs have the ability

to think quickly and make a wise decision towards the pre-
determined set objectives. No one can deny that the
ability to make decision is an important skill that an
entrepreneur should possess. Sound decision should
spring out from given facts/information and should be
towards the pre-determined objectives.

Process

In order to firm up what you have learned and to have a

better appreciation of the different entrepreneurial competencies,
32
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
try to read the PECs checklist presented below, then answer the
same.

33
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Task 4: PECs Checklist
Directions: Using the PECs Checklist, assess yourself by indicating a
check (/) mark in either strengths and/or development areas
column. Interpret the results by counting the total number of check
marks in each of the columns. After accomplishing the checklist,
form a group and share your insights and experiences why you
came up with that personal assessment.

Table 1: PECS Checklist

Personal Assessment in terms

Personal Entrepreneurial of:
Competencies of an Strength Development
Entrepreneur Areas
Hardworking
Working diligently
Self-confident
Confidence in one’s ability
Discipline
Always stick to the plan
Committed
Solid dedication
Ability to accept change
Adaptable to change
Creative
Innovative, to have edge over the
other competitors
Profit-oriented
Always looking for income

Planner
Strategic thinking and setting of
goals
People Skill
Effective and efficient
communication and relation to
people
Decision Making
Make a wise decision towards the
set objectives

34
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
TOTAL

35
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Interpretation/Insights:

Reflect and Understand

How was your experience in discovering your strengths and

the areas to be developed? Did you gain valuable experience in
exchanging insights with your classmates? To learn more and
deepen your understanding of PECs, do the Task 5 below.

Task 5: Interview
Interview a successful travel agent or entrepreneur in your
province whose type of business is related with Travel Services.
Focus your interview on PECs and other business-related attributes
that help them become successful. Analyze the result of the
interview and reflect on the similarities and/or differences. Write
your answer on a separate sheet of paper.

Sample Interview Guide

Name of Proprietor/Practitioner:

Age: Number of Years in Business:

Business Name:
Business Address:

1. What were your preparations before you engaged in

this type business/job?
2. What were your special skills/characteristics that relate
with your business/job?
3. How did you solve business-related problems during the early
years of your business operation?
4. Did you follow the tips from successful
businessmen/practitioners before you engaged in your
36
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
business?

37
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
5. What best business practices can you share with aspiring students?
6. What are the salient characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills
and traits that made you successful in your business/job?

Note: Cull the needed information from the interview to supply

answer/s to Row 1 in the table below. Meanwhile, fill out the second
row with your PECs.

Personal
Entrepreneurial
Competencies Characteristics Attributes Lifestyles Skills Traits

Successful
Entrepreneu
r in the
province

My PECs

Using the information on the table above, analyze and reflect on the
similarities and differences in your answers. Put your reflection on
the table below. Write your conclusion on the space provided
below.

Personal
Entrepreneurial Similarities Differences
Competencies
Characteristi

cs Attributes

Lifestyles

Skills

Traits

Conclusion:

38
LM-Travel Services Grade
10

39
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Transfer

After performing the activities on the importance of PECs, let’s

determine how much you have learned. Perform the Task 6 to
determine how well you have understood the lesson.

Task 6: Preparation of a Plan of Action

Directions: Using the table below and the information generated

from Task 5 (Interview), prepare an action plan that
indicates how you would align your PECs to the PECs of
the successful entrepreneur/ travel agent in your province/
locality.

Time Expected
Objective Area Activities Strategies
Frame Outcome

To align my
PECs with Characteristics
the
PECs of a
successful
entrepreneur
in Travel
Services Skills

Attribute

Traits

40
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Task 7: Essential Questions

Direction: Read and study the following questions below. You may
use a separate sheet of paper or your notebook to write your
answers.

1. Why is there a need to compare and align your PECs with the
PECs of a successful entrepreneur?

.
2. How will your action plan help sustain your strong PECs
and/or address your development areas?

3. What plan of action will you do to address your development areas?

41
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET (EM)

Content Standards Performance Standards

The learner demonstrates The learner independently

understanding of environment creates a business vicinity map
and market in Travel Services reflective of potential market in
in one’s province. Travel Services in a province.
Time Allotment: 4 hours

Module 2
Environment and Market

Introduction

People who aspire to start a business need to explore the

economic, cultural and social conditions prevailing in the area.
Needs and wants of the people in a certain area that are not met
may be considered as business opportunities. Identifying the needs
of the community, its resources, available raw materials, skills, and
appropriate technology can help a new entrepreneur in seizing a
business opportunity.

To be successful in any kind of business venture, potential

entrepreneurs should always look closely at the environment and
market. They should always be watchful on the existing
opportunities and constraints. The opportunities in the business
environment are those factors that provide possibilities for a
business to expand and make more profits. Constraints, on the
other hand are those factors that limit the ability to grow, hence,
reduces the chance of generating profit. One of the best ways to
evaluate the opportunities and constraints is to conduct Strengths,
Weakness, Opportunities and Threats (SWOT) Analysis.

SWOT analysis is a managerial tool to assess the

environment. This gathers important information, which in turn is
used in strategic planning. Strengths and Weaknesses are internal
to an organization. Basically they relate to resources owned by
42
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
organization, things that you have control over and as well as the
extent of its marketing.

43
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Opportunities and Threats exist in the external environment.
Opportunities relate to the market, to the development of new
technologies, and external factors such as government policies,
climate, trends. Threats relate to what the competition is doing as
well as legal and other constraints.

Now that you have read some of the important considerations

to look into to be successful in any business, you are now ready to
explore more about the environment and market.

To begin with, let’s first try to find out the competencies that
you will master after finishing this module.

OBJECTIVES

At the end of this module, you are expected to:

 identify what is of “Value” to the customer;
 identify the customer to sell to;
 explain what makes a product unique and competitive;
 apply creativity and innovative techniques to develop
marketable product; and
 employ a Unique Selling Proposition (USP) to the product/service.

Now that you have an idea about the things you will learn, try
to take the first challenge in this module- the pre-assessment.

PRE-ASSESSMENT

Task I: Multiple Choice

Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement.
Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper.

1. This is generated by examining what goods and services

are sold outside by the community.
A. Business Creation C. Business Concept
B. Business Pricing D. Business Idea
2. A process of making a new product to be sold to the customers.
A. Product Analysis C. Product Development
B. Product Conceptualization D. Product Implementation

44
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
3. These are luxuries, advantages and desires that every
individual considers beyond necessary.
A. Wants C. Requirements
B. Desires D. Needs
4. This is the factor or consideration presented by a seller as the
reason that one product or service is different from and better
than that of the competition.
A. Unique Selling Plan C. Unique Pricing Policy
B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Finding Value-Added
5. In this stage the needs of the target market are identified,
review and evaluated.
A. Concept Development C. Project Development
B. Economic Analysis D. Refine Specification
6. This is the introduction of new idea to make the product and
services more attractive and saleable to the target customers.
A. New Idea C. Product Development
B. Creativity D. Innovation
7. A managerial tool used to assess the environment to gather
important information used for strategic planning.
A. Environmental Scanning C. WOTS Analysis
B. SWOT Analysis D. Survey Analysis
8. A marketing practice of creating name, symbol or designs that
identifies and differentiate a product from the other products.
A. Product Naming C. Branding
B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Tagline
9. This is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that
captures the essence of your brand.
A. Product Naming C. Branding
B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Tagline
10. These are the things that people cannot live without.
A. Wants C. Requirements
B. Desires D. Needs

45
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Task 2: Guide Questions:
Direction: Read and study the guide questions below. You
may use a separate sheet of paper to write your responses to the
guide questions.

1. How does one determine the product or services to be

produced and/or to be offered/delivered to the target
customers?

2. How does one select an entrepreneurial activity?

3. When can one say that a certain product has “value”?

4. Are innovation and creativity of your product/services

important? Explain.

5. How can one effectively respond to the needs of the target customer?

6. Express the importance of scanning the environment and

market in generating business idea from the viewpoint of a
business owner.

7. Using self-assessment, explain your level of confidence in

formulating a business idea:
5 – strongly
confident 4 –
slightly confident
3 – neither confident nor not
confident 2 – not confident
1 – strongly not confident

After all the guide questions have been answered and skills
have been mastered, share those with your classmates. Discuss
your insights, personal knowledge of, and relevant experiences on
the topic to make it more exciting and engaging.

LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET

After reading and understanding the objectives of this module

and having gone through pre-assessment and answering the guide
questions, you will be asked to set your own personal goals. These
goals will trigger you to further achieve the ultimate objective of
46
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
this module. In the end, these goals will motivate you to learn more
about Environment and Market.

47
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Goals and Learning Ultimate

Targets Activities Goal

Figure 2: Strategic process to reach the objectives of this module

READING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES

After setting your own personal goals and targets to achieve

the objectives of this module, you will have the opportunity to read
and learn more about environment and market. You too, will also
be given a chance to do practical exercises and activities to deepen
your understanding of the topic.

Know

Product Development

When we talk of product development, we are referring to a

process of making a new product to be sold by a business or
enterprise to its customers. Product development may involve
modification of an existing product or its presentation, or
formulation of an entirely new product that satisfies a newly
defined customer’s needs and/or want and/or a market place.

The term development in this module refers collectively to the

entire process of identifying a market opportunity, creating a
product to appeal to the identified market, and finally, testing,
modifying and refining the product until this will be ready for
production. This product can be any item to be sold to the
consumers.

There are basic, yet vital questions that you can ask yourself
about. When you find acceptable answers to these questions, you
may now say that you are ready to develop a product/service.

1. For whom are the product/services aimed at?

2. What benefit will the customers expect from it?
48
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
3. How will the product differ from the existing brand? Or
from their competitor?

49
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Likewise, needs and wants of the people within the area

should also be taken into big consideration. Everyone has his or her
own needs and wants. However, people have different concepts of
needs and wants. Needs in business are important things that every
individual cannot do without in a society.
These include:
1. Basic commodities for consumption
2. Clothing and other personal belongings,
3. Shelter, sanitation and health
4. Education

Basic needs are essential to every individual so he/she may

be able to live with dignity and pride in the community of people.
These needs can obviously help him/her generate business ideas
and subsequently to product development.
Wants are desires, luxury and extravagance that signify
wealth and an expensive way of living. Wants or desires are
considered above all the basic necessities of life. Some examples
are the eagerness or the passion of every individual which are non-
basic needs like; fashion accessories, shoes, clothes, travelling
around the world, eating in an exclusive restaurant; watching
movies, concerts, plays, having luxurious cars, wearing expensive
jewelry, perfume, living in impressive homes, and others.
Needs and wants of people are the basic indicators of the
kind of business that one may engage into because it can serve as
the measure of one’s success. Some other good points that one
might consider in business undertakings are the kind of people,
their needs, wants, lifestyle, culture and tradition, and social
orientation that they belong.

To summarize, product development entirely depends on the

needs and wants of the customers. Another important issue to deal
with are the concept of developing a product. One can be
enlightened by the succeeding topic about the procedure in coming
up with a product.

50
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Concepts of Developing a Product

Concept development is very critical phase in the

development of a product. From this stage, the needs of the target
market are identified and competitive products are reviewed before
the product specifications are defined. The product concept is
selected along with an economic analysis to come up with an
outline of how a product is being developed. Below is a figure that
shows the stages of concept development of a product.

Identify Establish Generate Select a Refine

Customer Target Product Product Specifica
Specifica tions
Needs Concepts Concept
tions

Plan
Remaining
Analyze Developme
Perform
Competit nt
Economic Project
ive Analysis
Products

Concept Development

Figure 3: Concept Development

The process of product development follows the following steps:

A. Identify Customer Needs - Using a survey form, interviews,

researches, focus group discussions, and observations, an
entrepreneur can easily identify customers’ needs and wants. In
this stage, the information that can be possibly gathered here
are product specifications (performance, taste, size, color,
shape, life span of the product, etc.). This stage is very
important because this will determine the product to be
produced or provided.
B. Establish Target Specifications - Based on customers' needs and
reviews of competitive products, you may now establish target
specifications of the prospective new product and/or services.
Target specifications are essentially a wish-list.
51
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
C. Analyze Competitive Products - It is imperative to analyze existing
competitive products to provide important information in
establishing product/services specifications. Other products may
exhibit successful design attributes that should be emulated or
improved upon in the new product/service.
D. Generate Product Concepts - After having gone through with the
previous processes, you may now develop a number of product
concepts to illustrate what types of product/service are both
technically feasible and will best meet the requirements of the
target specifications.
E. Select a Product Concept - Through the process of evaluation
between attributes, a final concept is selected. After the final
selection, additional market research can be applied to obtain
feedback from certain key customers.
F. Refine Product Specifications - In this stage, product/service
specifications are refined on the basis of input from the
foregoing activities. Final specifications are the result of
extensive study, expected service life, projected selling price
and among others are being considered in this stage.
G. Perform Economic Analysis - Throughout the process of product
development, it is very important to always review and estimate
the economic implications regarding development expenses,
manufacturing costs, and selling price of the product/services to
be offered/provided.
H. Plan the Remaining Development Project - In this final stage of
concept development, you may prepare a detailed development
plan which includes a list of activities, the necessary resources
and expenses, and a development schedule with milestones for
tracking progress.

Finding Value

People buy for a reason. There should be something in your

product/services that will give consumers a good reason to go back
and buy for more. There must be something that has to make you
the best option for your target customers; otherwise, they have no
reason to buy what you are selling. This implies further, that you
offer something to your customers that will make them value or
treasure your product/services.

The value that you incorporate to your product is called value

proposition. Value proposition is “a believable collection of the most
persuasive reasons people should notice you and take the action
you’re asking for.” Value is created by fulfilling deep desires and
solving deep problems. This is what gets the people moving, what
52
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
gets spending for your product/service.

53
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Innovation
Innovation is the introduction of something new in your
product/services. This may be a new idea, a new method or a
device. If you want to increase your sales and profit, you must
innovate. Some of the possible innovations in your products are
change of packaging, improve taste, color, size, shape, and
perhaps, price. Some of the possible innovations in providing
services are application of new improved methods, additional
featured services and possibly freebees.
Unique Selling Proposition (USP)

Unique Selling Proposition is the factor or consideration

presented by a seller as the reason that one product or service is
different from and better than that of the competition. Before you
can begin to sell your product or service to your target customers,
you have to sell yourself to it. This is especially important when
your product or service is similar to those around you.
USP will require careful analysis of other businesses' ads and
marketing messages. If you analyze what they say or what they sell,
not just their product or service characteristics, you can learn a
great deal about how companies distinguish themselves from
competitors.

Here is how to discover your USP and use it to increase your sales and
profit:

 Use empathy: Put yourself in the shoes of your customers. Always

focus on the needs of the target customers and forget falling in
love with your own product or services. Always remember, you are
making this product or providing for the target customers to
eventually increase sales and earn profit, and not make this
product or services for yourself. Essential questions such as what
could make them come back again and again and ignore
competition? Most possible answers will be focused on the quality,
availability, convenience, cleanliness, reliability, and friendliness.

 Identify what motivates your customers . It is very important for you

to understand and find out what drives and motivates your
customers to buy your product/service. Make effort to find out,

54
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
analyze and utilize the information that motivates the customers
in their decisions to purchase the product/services.

55
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Discover the actual and genuine reasons why customers buy your
product instead of a competitor's. Information is very important in
decision making. A competitive entrepreneur always improve
his/her products/services to provide satisfaction and of course
retention of customers. As your business grows, you should
always consider the process of asking your customers important
questions and look for information and question that you can use
to improve your product/services.

Process

In order to firm up your understanding about the topic

previously presented, you will be tasked to form a group and
conduct an interview with a successful entrepreneur/practitioner.
You have to document this interview and present this to the whole
class for reflection and appreciation.

Task 3: Interview
Direction: Select a successful entrepreneur/practitioner. Conduct an
interview by utilizing the sets of questions below. Document the
interview and present this to the class.

1. How did you identify your customers?

2. What were your considerations in selecting your customers?

3. Explain how your product/services became unique from other product/s.

4. Did you consult somebody before you engage in this

business? Cite sample insights that you gained from the
consultation.

5. What were your preparations before you started the actual business?

6. What creative and innovative techniques did you adopt to

your product/services? What was the effect of the innovative
techniques to the sales and profits of your business?

7. What strategy did you consider to have a unique selling

proposition for your product/service?

56
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Reflect and Understand

Task 4: Video Viewing

In order to deepen your understanding of the lesson,
perform the following tasks:
1. Browse the internet on topics related to:
a. Customers’ needs and wants;
b. Techniques in identifying customers’ needs and wants;
c. Creativity/innovations in products and services;
d. Unique selling proposition; and
e. Product development.
2. Prepare a short narrative report about the aforementioned
topics. You may highlight the “aspect” that intensifies your
knowledge of product development.

Transfer

Task 5: Product Conceptualization

Direction: Using the figures below, develop your own concept for
your product/services.
1. Identify
Customers Need
7. Prepare a 2. Target
-
Development Specifications
-
Plan -
- -
-

6. Refine 3. Analyze a
Product Competitive
Specification Product
- -
- -

5. Select A 4. Generate
product Concept Product Concept
- -
- -

57
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Know

Generating Ideas for Business

The process of developing/generating business idea is not a
simple process. Some people just come to a bunch of business
ideas, but some really are without ideas. There are two problems
that arise: first is the excessive generation of ideas which will take
forever and will remain in the dreaming stage, and second is when
they do not have ideas and want to become entrepreneurs.

The most optimal way is to have a systematic approach in

generating and selecting business idea that will be transferred in
real business. Here are some basic yet very important
considerations you may use to generate possible ideas for business:

1. Examine the existing goods and services. Are you satisfied with
the product? What do other people who use the product say
about it? How can it be improved? There are many ways of
improving a product from the way it is made to the way it is
packed and sold? You can also improve the materials used in
crafting the product. In addition, you introduce new ways of
using the product, making it more useful and adaptable to the
customers’ many needs. When you are improving the product or
enhancing it, you are doing an innovation. You can also do an
invention by introducing an entirely new product to replace the old
one.

Business ideas may also be generated by examining what

goods and services are sold outside by the community. Very
often, these products are sold in a form that can still be
enhanced or improved.

2. Examine the present and future needs. Look and listen to what the
customers, institutions, and communities are missing in terms of
goods and services. Sometimes, these needs are already
obvious and felt at the moment. Other needs are not that
obvious because they can only be felt in the future, or in the
event of certain developments in the community. For example, a
province will have its electrification facility in the next six
58
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
months. Only by that time will the entrepreneur think of
electrically- powered or generated business such as photo
copier, computer service, digital printing, etc.

59
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

3. Examine how the needs are being satisfied. Needs for the products
and services are referred to as market demand. To satisfy these
needs is to supply the products and services that meet the
demands of the market. The term market refers to whoever will
use or buy the products or service, and these may be people or
institutions such as other businesses, establishments,
organizations, or government agencies.

There is a very good business opportunity when there is

absolutely no supply to a pressing market demand.

Businesses or industries in the locality also have needs for

goods and services. Their needs for raw materials, maintenance,
and other services such as selling and distribution are good
sources of ideas for business.

4. Examine the available resources around you. Observe what

materials or skills are available in abundance in your area. A
business can be started out of available raw materials by selling
them in raw form and by processing and manufacturing them
into finished products. For example, in a copra-producing town,
there will be many coconut husks and shells available as “waste”
products. These can be collected and made into coco
rags/doormat and charcoal bricks, and sold profitably outside the
community.

A group of people in your neighborhood may have some

special skills that can be harnessed for business. For example,
women in the Mountain Province possess loom weaving skills
that have been passed on from one generation to the next
generation. Some communities there set up weaving businesses
to produce blankets, as well as decorative items and various
souvenir items for sale to tourists and lowland communities.

Business ideas can come from your own skills. The work
and experience you may have in agricultural arts, industrial arts,
home economics, and Information and Communication
Technology (ICT) classes will provide you with business
opportunities to acquire the needed skills which will earn for you
extra income, should you decide to engage in income-generating
60
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
activities. With your skills, you may also tinker around with
various things in your spare time. Many products were invented
this way.

61
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
5. Read magazines, news articles, and other publications on new
products and techniques or advances in technology. You can pick
up new business ideas from Newsweek, Reader’s Digest,
Business Magazines, “Go Negosyo”, Small-Industry Journal. The
internet serves as a library where you may browse and surf on
possible businesses. It will also guide you on how to put the right
product in the right place, at the right price, at the right time.

Listing of possible businesses to set up in an area may

also be available from banks or local non-government
organizations.

Key Concepts of Selecting a Business Idea

Once you have embarked on identifying the business

opportunities, you will eventually see that there are many
possibilities that are available for you. It is very unlikely that you
will have enough resources to pursue all of them at once. Which
one will you choose?

You have to select the most promising one from among the
hundreds of ideas. It will be good to do this in stages. In the first
stage, you screen your ideas to narrow them down to about five
choices. In the next stage, trim down the five choices to two
options. In the final stage, choose between the two and decide
which business idea is worth pursuing.

In screening your ideas, examine each one in terms of the

following factors:
1. How much capital is needed to put up the business?
2. How big is the demand for the product? Do many people need
this product and will continue to need it for a long time?
3. How is the demand met? Who are processing the products to
meet the need (competition or demand)? How much of the
need is now being met (supply)?
4. Do you have the background and experience needed to run
this particular business?
5. Will the business be legal, not going against any existing or
foreseeable government regulation?
6. Is the business in line with your interest and expertise?

62
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Your answers to these questions will be helpful in screening
which ones from among your many ideas are worth examining
further and worth pursuing.

63
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Branding

Branding is a marketing practice of creating names, symbols

or designs that identifies and differentiates products/services from
other products/services. It is also a promise to your customers. It
tells them what they can expect from your product/ services and it
differentiates your offerings from other competitors. Your brand is
derived from who you are, who you want to be and who people
perceive you to be.

Branding is one of the most important aspects of any

business. An effective brand strategy gives you a major edge in
increasingly competitive markets.

The features of a good product brand are as follows:

- Delivers the message clearly
- Confirms your credibility
- Connects your target prospects emotionally
- Motivates the buyer
- Concretizes user loyalty

Here are some simple tips to publicize your brand.

.
 Develop a tagline. Write a meaningful unforgettable, and
easy to remember statement that captures the essence
of your brand.
 Get a great logo. Create a logo suitable to your business
and consistent with your tagline and place it everywhere.
 Write down your brand messaging. Select key messages
you want to communicate about your brand.
 Be true to your brand. Deliver your brand promise.
 Be consistent. Be reliable and consistent every time.

Process

In generating business idea, you should first identify what

type of business is suited to your idea. You should analyze and scan
the potential environment, study the marketing practices and
strategies of your competitors, analyze the Strengths, Weaknesses,
Opportunities, and Threats in your environment to ensure that the

64
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
products/services you are planning to offer will be patronized within
easy reach by your target markets/consumers.

65
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Bear in mind these simple rules for successful SWOT analysis.
 Be realistic about the strengths and weaknesses of your
business when conducting SWOT analysis.
 SWOT analysis should distinguish between where your
business is today, and where it could be in the future.
 SWOT should always be specific. Avoid any grey areas.
 Always apply SWOT in relation to your competition i.e. better
than or worse than your competition.
 Keep your SWOT short and simple. Avoid complexity and
over analysis
 SWOT is subjective.

Task 6: SWOT Analysis

Direction: In generating a business idea, environmental scanning is

very important. Utilize the SWOT analysis table below to list up all
your observations. Consider the strategies below to select the best
business idea.

Strength (S) Weaknesses (W)

- -
- -
- -
- -
- -

Opportunities (O) Threats (T)

- -
- -
- -
- -
- -

66
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Strategize:
 SW – Utilize the strengths to overcome the weakness
 OS - Capitalize on the opportunities to eliminate the weakness
 ST – Maximize on your strengths to eliminate the external threats
 OT – Take advantage of the available opportunities to
eliminate the external threats.

Strategies/Activities:

Analysis:

My Best Business Idea:

Reflect and Understand

In order to deepen your understanding of the topics

previously discussed, you will be asked to perform the following
activities:

Task 7: Extra Readings and Video Viewing

Reading books and watching videos have been considered as
one of the most effective educational activities that help learners
deepen their understanding of certain topics. In this particular
circumstance, you will be asked to conduct extra readings and
video viewings on the following topics.
A. Steps in selecting business idea
B. Criteria of a viable business idea
C. Benefits of a good brand
D. Ways on developing a brand

After successfully performing the assigned task, make a

67
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
narrative report about this and share it to the class.

68
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Transfer

Task 8: Designing a Logo

Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a
logo that you will use in your business. Provide a simple statement
to describe your logo.

Logo

Tagline

Task 9: Making My Own Vicinity Map

Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a
vicinity map reflective of potential market in Travel Services in your
province. Provide a simple statement to describe your map.

Vicinity Map

69
 LM-Travel Services Grade 10

QUARTE
Overview
R I
In this quarter, you will learn how tourism industry in the
Philippines was developed and managed through the collaborative
efforts of the government and private sectors in order to provide
sustainable sources of living for the people and build good tourism
reputation for the country.

Tourism can be perceived to be boundless. We cannot just

describe tourism as a sort of leisure, services or business entity; in
fact, it is a dynamic trend that is continuously expanding. In 1993,
the World Tourism Organization defined tourism as “the activities
of persons travelling to and staying in places outside their usual
environment for not more than one consecutive year for leisure,
business and other purposes.” All sectors associated to this
incidence comprises the tourism industry. The government, non-
government and private institutions have vital role in managing,
developing, promoting and protecting tourism in the country.

Upon every travelers endeavor in exploring different parts of

the world, there are travel agencies and travel management
companies that can assist them in realizing their travel plans. The
course of study will explain in details about the vital functions and
organizational structure of TMC/travel agency as intermediary
between commercial establishments and clients. And most
importantly, you will also learn the steps to be undertaken upon
establishing and managing your own travel management business.

General Objectives
At the end of this quarter, learners are expected to:

1. understand the vital function of the Philippine Tourism Offices,

2. describe the role of the private sector in the Philippine
Tourism Industry;
3. describe the travel management companies and travel agencies;
4. state the functions of travel management companies
(TMC) and travel agencies;

70
5. explain the organizational structure of TMC/travel agency; and
6. plan to put up a travel agency

71
 LM-Travel Services Grade 10

The Hidden Paradise: Northern Mindanao

Northern Mindanao is the perfect destination for travels
looking for tranquility and closeness to nature. It is indeed the
Philippines’ hidden paradise in the South in terms of biodiversity
and rich cultural heritage of Muslims and Christians combined.
Bukidnon is the home of huge pineapple plantations and
cattle industry in the province. Many travels are hooked in the
beauty of its high lands especially the Dulang-Dulang which is
second to the highest peak in the country.
Camiguin is known as the “Volcanic Island of the
Philippines” where the famous Hibok-Hibuk Mountain is located.
Iligan City or the “City of Majestic Waterfalls” is a good
provider of hydroelectric power in the province and the dweller of
the ever famous Maria Cristina Falls.
Lanao del Norte supports the promotion of agriculture and
economic tourism development program that uplifts the
province’s credibility as “Land of Beauty and Bounty.”
Misamis Oriental is popular for its Dalit Festival during every
feast day of St. Michael, the Archangel. Every Christmas, the City
of Tangub lights up with various Christmas symbols made of
native materials that are scattered in streets and become
attraction for visitors.
Misamis Occidental can be the best beach destination in the
world where tourists can enjoy watching dolphins and whale
sharks at Duka Bay and Mantangale.
Nothing really beats the wonderful charm of nature at its finest!

72
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Let’s See What You Know

Pre – Test 1
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter
that best describes the statement in your answer sheet.

1. Which of the following is an airline company?

a. Philtranco
b. Star Cruises
c. Sky Pasada
d. Avis
2. Republic Act No. 9593 refers to what code/law?
a. Local Government Code of 1991
b. Tourism Act of 2009
c. Oil Deregulation law
d. Aviation Act of 2013
3. Which of the following lodging establishments can best
accommodate companies that need facilities suitable for holding
business conferences?
a. All-Suite hotel
b. Corporate hotel
c. Motel
d. Apartel
4. The government agency that has the power to implement
policies on air travel safety.
a. Philippine Ports Authority
b. Department of Foreign Affairs
c. Bureau of Immigration
d. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
5. Which of the following companies offers travel services by sea?
a. Sulpicio Lines
b. Victory Liner
c. Cebu Pacific
d. None of the above

73
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
6. What is the only government controlled tourism agency that has a
board of trustees institutionally drawn from both private and public
sectors?
a. Philippine Tourism Authority
b. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation
c. Department of Interior and Local Government
d. Department of Tourism
7. What government tourism agency is entitled for the collection
of travel taxes on individuals?
a. Department of Budget and Management
b. Bureau of Internal Revenue
c. Philippine Tourism Authority
d. Department of Finance
8. This establishment is suitable for motor travelers looking for
inexpensive lodging services for their own convenience?
a. Motel
b. Condotel
c. Corporate Hotel
d. Resort Hotel
9. What private tourism sector does the cruise ship belong?
a. Food and beverage
b. Transportation
c. Oil Company
d. Educational institution
10. This government agency is mandated to monitor the entry
and exit of foreign nationals in the country.
a. Department of Transportation and Communication
b. Department of Public Works and Highways
c. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
d. Bureau of Immigration

B. ANALOGY
Direction: Choose the letter that can best satisfy the
missing argument. Write the answer in your quiz notebook.

1. Rate-minus : commission as cost-plus :

a. professional fee
b. service fee
c. rental fee
d. markup fee

74
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. PCVC : convention venue as : travel taxes
a. Local Government Units
b. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
c. Philippine Tourism Authority
d. Department of Tourism

3. : Agent as Travel Management Company : Partner

a. Commercial establishments
b. Client
c. Lodging industry
d. Travel agency

4. Supplier : as Vendee : Client

a. Government agencies
b. Commercial establishments
c. Traveler
d. Travel agency

5. Personnel : Human Resource as Finance :

a. Ticketing
b. Record keeping
c. Cash disbursement
d. Public awareness

6. Government : Policy making as Private sector :

a. Accrediting/licensing
b. Policy implementing
c. Peace and Order
d. Marketing

7. Sole Proprietorship : DTI as Corporation :

a. Local Government Unit(LGU)
b. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
c. Office of the City Mayor
d. Department of Tourism (DOT)

8. Travel Operations : Office-based as : Field

a. Tour Operations
b. Documentation
c. Personnel
d. Accounting

75
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
9. Amusement Park : Attraction as : Lodging
a. Cafeteria
b. Theater
c. Bus Line
d. Motel

10. Lodging : Transportation as Marketing :

a. Sightseeing
b. Traveller
c. Tourism
d. Operations

C. CLASSIFICATION
Direction: From the list provided below, recognize the roles of
the government and private sector in Philippine Tourism.
Write them on the appropriate column in your paper.

Government Sector Private Sector

List of Roles:
1. Undertake researches
2. Motivates the public to participate in tourism
3. Deals with public relations
4. Serves as gateway to the success of tourism
5. Provide physiological needs to tourists
6. Formulate tourism standards
7. Promotes the country’s tourism industry
8. Perform administrative services and support
9. Facilitate the mobility of goods and services
10.Provide comfort to tourists

76
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LESSON 1 THE PHILIPPINE TOURISM INDUSTRY

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Understand the Vital Function of
Outcome
the Philippine Tourism Offices
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. explain the role of National Tourism Office, its

attached agencies, and Local Government Unit in
the tourism industry;
2. define the role of the various sub-sectors that
comprises the tourism industry; and
3. recognize the vital functions of each government
agency in managing and developing the Philippine
tourism.

The main responsibility of the government is to provide

general policies and regulations which will be complied by tourism
sectors and sub- sectors. Implementing guidelines set by the
government may pertain to regulations of tourism establishments
and investment, operations of the tourism facilities, development of
travel destinations, training and development for tourism
personnel, channel of communication among tourism agencies and
private sectors, provisions for researches, statistics, and publication,
marketing and promotions of tourism activities and others.

Government Agencies Involved in Managing

the Tourism Industry
1. Department of Tourism (DOT)

By virtue of Presidential Decree No. 189,

the Department of Tourism was institutionalized in
1973. It was reorganized through Executive Order
No. 120 in accordance with Article II, Section 1 (a)
and Article III of the 1986 Constitution. DOT is the
prime tourism agency
mandated to plan and set the fundamental policies involving the
tourism sector, coordinate the policy to other tourism agencies and
77
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
become an administrative entity for the executive branch of
government.

78
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
The DOT has the power to effect the following functions::
a.) hold meetings and conferences pertaining to tourism
b.) amend travel regulations and guidelines
c.) review all government projects concerning tourism
d.) issue licenses to tourism personnel such as tour
guides, travel agents, and travel operators
e.) regulate, supervise, and license all tourism sub-sectors
such as hotel, motel, restaurant, resorts, and others

Organizational Structure of DOT

The agency is headed by its Secretary of Tourism with a

cabinet rank. The cabinet secretary is assisted by the four
undersecretaries and an assistant secretary in overseeing the
stability of the tourism industry in the country. Each of them has
Secretary of Tourism

Undersecretary Undersecretar Undersecretar

for Planning, y for Tourism y for Tourism
Product Promotion Services and
Development Regional
and Coordination Offices
Assistant
secretary for
Internal Services

definite functions and responsibilities.

 Undersecretary for Planning, Product Development and

Coordination
All of the department undertaking concerning researches,
surveys, recommendations for future plans and policies,
coordination and assistance in the implementation of tourism-
related projects, and formulation of tourism statistics are within the
jurisdiction of the Undersecretary for Planning, Product
Development and Coordination

 Undersecretary for Tourism Promotions

The function of the office primarily is to deal with public-
relations, marketing of tourism activities and projects, provide
79
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
assistance to private sectors, organize events promoting the
country’s finest destinations, and

80
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
dissemination of tourism information of the country and its
products. It is the duty of the Undersecretary for Tourism
Promotions to create good impression in the eyes of foreign
visitors for the Philippines.

 Undersecretary for Tourism Services and Regional Offices

The formulation of tourism standards, approval in the
construction of tourism establishments and facilities,
accreditation of travel agencies, coordination and supervision to
all Regional Offices are the major responsibilities of this office.
Through the regulations set by the DOT, the Regional Offices will
then act for its implementation in coordination with the other
Regional Offices, government offices and Local Government
Units (LGU)

 Assistant Secretary for Internal Services

The office of the Assistance Secretary for Internal Services
performs the administrative services and support (personnel
information, communications, record keeping, etc.), financial
and management services (budgetary and accounting
concerns), and legal services and litigations in assistance to the
staff and other related matters that may be assigned by the
Secretary of Tourism.

2. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation (PCVC)

The Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation is a non-

profit corporation that aims to promote the Philippines as one of
the prime tourist, convention, and incentive travel destination in
the world. It is the country’s tourism arm in the domestic and
international market. In order to attain this goal, PCVC adopts an
Integrated Tourist Marketing Plan that guides that industry in
strengthening promotional campaigns through marketing research,
skills development of marketing representatives, build mutual
linkages among private sectors to effectively implement the
marketing activities, and reaching the tourism products to local and
foreign consumers through participating in travel trade expositions
and media advertisements.
The agency was formerly named as Philippine Convention
Bureau which was created in 1976 through the Presidential Decree
81
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
No. 867. In effect to the reorganization of the Department of
Tourism in 1987, it was then renamed as Philippine Convention and
Visitors Corporation by virtue of Executive Order No. 120-A.

82
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Organizational Structure of PCVC
The Secretary of Tourism is the Executive Director of PCVC.
Together with the chairperson are the nine (9) Board of Trustees
who are drawn from both government and private sector that holds
relevant organizations involvement in the marketing and
development of the travel industry in the Philippines.

Travel Trade

Conventions Advertising
and Incentive and
Travel Publications
PCVC

Corporate Foreign
Affair Offices

The organization is structured into five distinct units that

functions in accordance with the PCVC Integrated Tourist Marketing
Plan, namely:
 The Office of the Travel Trade
 The Office of Conventions and Incentive Travel
 The Office of Corporate Affair
 The Office of the Foreign Offices
 The Advertising and Publications Department

3. Philippine Tourism Authority (PTA)

Pursuant to Presidential Decree No. 189 and amended by

Presidential Decree No. 564 in 1973, the Philippine Tourism
Authority is a government- owned corporation that acts as the
policy implementing body of the Department of Tourism to better
realize the tourism standards, collect taxes as may be imposed by
the law, and provide and maintain tourism facilities and
infrastructures.
83
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Vision
The PTA is envisioned to be a self-government corporation,
contributing to the national development objectives, serves as the
epitome of public service as it pioneers sustainable,
environmentally responsible, socially responsive and culturally
catalytic tourism development.

Mission
The PTA is committed to effectively and efficiently implement
sustainable tourism development undertakings as guided by the
following national development thrusts: cultural awakening,
countryside development, environmental conservation, foreign
exchange generation, employment creation, and poverty
alleviation.

Functions
The functions of the PTA are:
1. To develop identified priority areas: Areas with vast
tourism potentials that are programmed for priority development
as identified by DOT under its Tourism Master Plan (TMP).
2. To operate, maintain, and promote facilities in pioneering
capacity: Solely owned or thru joint ventures, the PTA properties
include resorts, hotels, golf courses and other tourism facilities in
the various areas of the country.
3. To provide technical and financial assistance to qualified
tourism projects: Guidelines have been designed for project
proposals to be evaluated and recommended by the Corporate
Planning Department for priority development by granting technical
and/or financial assistance.
4. To generate revenues to fund national and corporate
development undertakings: Travel tax collection is PTA’s main
source of income. Travel tax is a levy imposed by the government
on individuals (citizens of the Philippines, and permanent resident
aliens who have stayed in the country for more than a year) who
are leaving the country irrespective of the place where the air
ticket is issued and the form and place of payment, as provided for
by Presidential Decree No. 1183 as amended by Presidential
Decree No. 1205, Batas Pambansa Blg. 38, and Executive Order No.
283 on travel tax.

84
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
4. The Local Government Units

Republic Act No. 9593, also known as The Tourism Act of

2009, clearly stated the shared responsibilities of the National and
Local Government to the Department of Tourism in implementing
policies and programs of the tourism sector.

“ Section 118 – Coordination between National and Local Government

(a) The Department (pertaining to DOT) and the Department
of Interior and Local Government (DILG) shall integrate all local
tourism development plans by LGU in the formulation and annual
updating of the national tourism development plan.
(b) The Department shall provide assistance, training and
other capacity-building measures to the LGUs in the formulation,
implementation and monitoring of national tourism development
plans, gathering of statistical data and enforcement of tourism laws
and regulations…

Section 119 – National Tourism Development Planning

The Department in coordination with its attached agencies,
LGUs and the private sector shall continuously update the national
tourism development plan taking into consideration the evolving
needs and capabilities of LGUs, approved local tourism
development plans as well as domestic and global tourism market
trends.

Section 120 – Local Tourism Development Planning

(a) Pursuant to Republic Act No. 7160, otherwise known as
the Local Government Code of 1991, LGUs shall prepare, adopt,
implement and monitor their local tourism development plans,
enforce standards for tourism enterprises and collect statistical
data for tourism purposes.”

4. Other National Government Units

One important key indicator in the success of tourism is the

consistency of policies being implemented by the government at
any destination in the economic territory. Tourism takes place
almost everywhere at any point in time. As people travel more

85
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
often, the more tourism sectors are benefitted. In order to address
the needs of tourists upon their visit in the Philippines, there are
national government agencies that are always ready to provide
assistance, comfort and security during their stay.

86
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) – all corporations
and partnership business entities are being registered,
licensed, and regulated by the agency.
 Board of Investments (BOI) – promotion of investment in the
Philippines is the task of this agency which is attached to the
Department of Trade and Industry
 Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) – it ensures that
foreign investors who wish to establish a business in the
Philippines will find a suitable strategic location.
 Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP) – preserves monetary
stability and convertibility of the Peso which is an important
factor in the entry of foreign visitors to the country.
 Department of Transportation and Communication (DOTC) –
responsible for the regulation and supervision of the
Philippine transportation and communication system.
 Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB) – the government agency that
controls and supervises economic aspects of air
transportation which may include air carriers, monitor cargo
sales agents, properties and facilities.
 Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP) – implements
policies on aviation or air travel system in order to assure the
safety of travelers.
 Maritime Industry Authority (MARINA) – the counterpart of
CAAP in the maritime industry, the government agency that
creates policy for all means of transportation with regards to
bodies of water.
 Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) – manages the operations and
financing of all public ports in the country.
 Land Transportation Franchising and Regulatory Board (LTFRB)
– issues, suspends and cancels certificates of convenience to
all public and transportation services.
 Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) – facilitates
the construction and maintenance of the transportation
infrastructures which include roads and bridges.
 Department of Foreign Affairs (DFA) – coordinates and builds
harmonious relationship among countries in all parts of the
world.
 Bureau of Immigration (BI) – monitors the entry and exit of
foreign nationals in the country.

87
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Department of Finance (DOF) – facilitates the collection of
revenues from the tourism industry
 Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) –
promotes employment opportunities to Filipinos
in the tourism industry.
 Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) –
oversees the preservation of the natural environment.
 Philippine National Police – enforces peace and order in all
tourist destinations.

Review of Learning Outcome 1

A. MATCHING TYPE
Directions: Match the government agency in Column B with its
appropriate functions in Column A. Write your answer on the
answer sheet.
Column A Column B
Government Agency Function
1. Philippine
A. Implements policies
Tourism
concerning air travel
Authority safety
2. Department of Labor B. Enforces peace and order
and Employment on all tourism
3. Philippine Ports Authority destinations
C. Promotes the Philippines as
4. Department of Interior the best convention
and Local Government venue
5. Securities and D. Generates job
Exchange opportunities through
Commission the tourism industry
E. Monitors the entry and exit of
6. Philippine Convention and
foreign nationals in the
Visitors Corporation country
7. Civil Aviation Authority F. Imposes travel taxes on
of the Philippines individuals for travel
services incurred.
8. Department of Tourism G. Registers and license all
corporation and
9. Bureau of Immigration partnership business in
the Philippines
10. Philippine National Police H. Manages the operations and
financing of all public sea
ports
88
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
I. Implements tourism policies on their
constituents
J. Sets general policies for the tourism
industry
K. Oversees the preservation of the country’s
natural environment

89
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. QUICKWRITES
Directions: Shortly explain the roles and responsibilities
of the following Department of Tourism offices.

Office of the Tourism Secretary

Undersecretary for Undersecretary for Tourism

Tourism Promotions Services and Regional Offices

Undersecretary for Assistant Secretary for

Planning, Product and Internal Services
Development and Coordination

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

90
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Role of the Private Sector
Outcome in the Philippine Tourism Industry

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. define the role of various sub-sectors of the private

sectors that comprises the tourism industry;

2. identify specific entities in the private sector and

explain their specific functions in the tourism
industry; and

3. show interest in understanding how the private

sector contributes to the economic growth of the
tourism industry in the Philippines.

Have you ever experienced to travel? Where was your most

distant travel experience? Filipinos are really fun of going to places,
mingling with people of different culture, tasting delicacies in the
regions, and explore new places they have never been before.
We do travel for various reasons, some visit places for leisure,
while others travel for business purposes. Many travel for both
leisure and business such as when the board of directors of a certain
company agrees to hold their meeting in a beach resort in Puerto
Galera, Oriental Mindoro; some employees might decide to extend
their stay for a couple of days to enjoy, relax and escape from the
everyday routine of their work.
Travelling nowadays has been made easier as compared
before. With just a few clicks in the computer, you can book for
reservation, secure travel documents, and then off you go to the
desired destination. You will not worry anymore of being stranded or
being lost in places you have never been before because there are
tourism sectors, public and private transports that will surely guide
you on your way home in a safe and convenient manner.
For you to understand the role of the private sector in
Philippine tourism and travel, let us classify the sub-sectors into six
(6) major travel-related industries.

91
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
1. Transportation Sector

Transportation is the gateway to the success of tourism;

without roads, bridges, sea vessels, and airplanes, travelling to far
places will not be possible. The transportation sector exists in
various forms whether by air, land, and sea.
By Air
During the beginning years of the airline
industry in the Philippines in 1960s, the
industry was contained in a “one country,
one plain policy”; making the Philippine
Airlines as the virtual monopoly in the
airline sector. As the deregulation of
domestic airline industry took effect in
1970s,
many investors found interest to join in the growing business trend.
At present, travelers have better options to choose the right airline
company that can satisfy their travelling preference and finances.
Here are the list of some commercial airlines that have good
service reputation and compliant to the standards set by the Civil
Aviation Authority of the Philippines.
 AirAsia Zest
 Cebu Pacific
 Fil-Asian Airways
 PAL Express
 Philippine Airlines
 Philippine AirAsia
 Sky Pasada
 Spirit of Manila Airlines
 Tigerair Philippines
 SEAIR International

By Land
According to the National Statistics
Coordination Board, as of 2011 there are
already 7,138,942 registered motor vehicles
in the country; this includes the 788,372
cars, 1,764,865 utility vehicles, 8,769
buses, 3,206,255 motorcycles/tricycles, and

92
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
291,746 trucks. For that

93
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
particular year alone, the total passenger traffic had reached to
49,815,295. In the year 2008, railway transports in the country had
carried 346.1 million passengers which comprises to a total of 4.6
billion pesos revenue.
All land transportation entities such as public bus companies,
tour bus companies, tricycle associations, rail transport companies,
taxicabs and car rentals belong to this sector. Here are some of the
noted private land transport companies in the Philippines:
 Public buses – Philtranco, Santrans, Victory Liner, Mega Bus
Line, Baliwag Transit, Bataan Transit Co.,Bicol Isarog Transport
System Inc., Calamba Megatrans, Inc., Dagupan Bus Co.,
Dimple Star Transport (Iloilo), Dominion Bus Lines, First North
Luzon Transit, Five Star Bus Company, Lucena Lines, Northstar
Transport Inc., Philippine Rabbit, Silver Star, etc.
 Railway Transport – Philippine National Railways (PNR), Manila
Light Rail Transit System (LRT-1 and MRT-2), Manila Metro Rail
Transit (MRT-3)
 Taxi and car rentals – Avis, Budget Rent-A-Car, Dollar Rent-A-
Car, R&E Transport, Nissan Rent-A-Car

By the Sea
There are also various modes of
transportation that can be experienced by
tourists in their journey to the waves of the
sea. Philippine Ports Authority revealed
that in 2012, there are a total of
49,998,936 passengers who had travelled
in the sea through shipping
vessels. The usual means is by travelling through shipping lines
such as Sulpicio Lines, Aboitiz & Co., and William Lines. But if you
want better comfort and relaxing ambiance, why not try travelling in
a cruise ship. In shipping, the vessel carries both the cargos and
passengers with limited amenities and facilities yet offers affordable
travel fare; while in cruises, the vessel is solely dedicated for
passengers’ comfort and one of a kind travel experience, offering
first class facilities and amenities, and flexible travel routes. Lastly,
traveling through the ferry will be the best solution for shipping in
short- distance trip such as from the entry point in Sorsogon
crossing the sea to Samar, or may be from Batangas City to Calapan
City.
94
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Oil Companies
Oil companies play important role in
the tourism industry since the fuel is the
core source of energy in all modes of
transportation that are motor operated. All
actions of the tourism industry lie
dependently to the oil companies in terms
of people and goods mobility from one
place to another. Furthermore, an increase in the fuel price will
rapidly affect the economic stability of the country. Among many of
the oil companies that can be named in every road of the country’s
territory, there are three major oil players that stand out and
significantly affecting the consuming public, namely: Pilipinas Shell
Petroleum Corporation, Chevron Philippines (formerly Caltex), and
Total Philippines (an independent oil firm). Union groups in the
country often call them as the “big three”.

3. Lodging Industry
As we always say, “there is no place
like home”. There is really no place in the
world indeed that could ever replace the
comfort and security that can be felt inside
our own residence, but what the lodging
industry tries to offer is the
superb experience that you may remember for the rest of your life.
There are plenty of lodging establishments in the country that
can satisfy every guests needs for relaxation and delightful
endeavors during their stay. Filipinos are naturally hospitable that
makes the lodging industry a very competitive sector in the
Philippines.
Lodging properties in various establishments vary depending
on the strategic location, luxury of facilities and amenities, number
and size of room, management standards, types of guests they
cater and other factors.
 Hotel – Like any other lodging establishments, hotels provide
short- term accommodation services primarily as a
comfortable place for sleeping. For hotel guests, it is more
than just a place where they can spend the night but also a
wonderful venue to experience luxury in its amenities. Hotels

95
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
can be categorized as:
o Resort Hotel – It has amenities and facilities that guests can
use for their recreation such as swimming pool, golf
course, food chains, fitness gym, etc. These hotels are
usually situated near the beaches, theme parks and tourist
attractions.

96
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
o Business/Corporate Hotel – This type of hotel have facilities
suitable for holding meetings, conferences, conventions,
and other business events, making the hotel as an
extension of their workplace but in a much lighter setup.
o All-Suite Hotel – It means that the hotel is open for all kinds
of dealings for as long as the properties and facilities are
suitable to the needs of the guests. These hotels have
rooms larger than the conventional type which are called
as suites or junior suites. The room has no concrete
partitions between different areas of the room such as
between bedrooms and living room, only curtains as
barriers and in some cases, there are no barriers at all.
These make it ideal for group vacationers or families that
need plenty of space and prefer to spend time together.

 Motels (Motorist Hotel) – The concept of motel establishments

started to flourish in the 1920s when the lodging industry
determined the demand to address motor travelers’ needs for
inexpensive lodging that are easily accessible to motoring
public. The lodging establishment was then called motel
(derived from the words “motor” and “hotel”) and can also be
called as motor hotel or motor inns.

 Apartel – According to the Department of Tourism, apartel or

apartment hotel are “any building or edifice containing
several independent and furnished or semi-furnished
apartments, regularly leased to tourists and travelers for
dwelling on a more or less long term basis and offering basic
services to its tenants, similar to hotels.”

 Condotel – It is the lodging establishment in between a

condominium and hotel that are also leased to tourists, similar
to apartel.

4. Food and Beverage Industry

Physiologically, humans need food

in order to sustain their daily activities.
Since the tourism industry caters to
people of different nationalities, food and
97
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
beverage industry is also associated to it
as a sustainable source of
income for many, as well as a means of introducing the rich culture
of natives in the place which are manifested in their cuisines.

98
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Specifically, food and beverage industry consists of various
food service entities such as:
 Restaurant – This consists of cafeterias, fast-food chains,
coffee shops, specialty restaurant, and full-service restaurant.
 Travel food service – This pertains to food service entities in
airplanes, cruise ships, trains, hotels and motels.
 Institutional food service – This describes the presence of food
service sector in companies, nursing homes and hospitals,
and other service- related entities.

5. Attractions and Activities Industry

Majority of travelers are looking for
places that will give them the thrill to
discover new things, exploring the
breath-taking sceneries of nature, be
entertained in various events, and
appreciate artistic creations of man.
Tourist attractions and activities in the
place are really a big factor that pushes
every
person to travel. For instance, when international superstars like
Katy Perry and Justine Bieber perform in a world tour concert at
Araneta Coliseum, avid Filipino fans would probably not leave this
chance to meet their idols which will cause them to buy tickets and
go travel even if they are living from a far away province of the
country. Educational field trip in schools are also organized to
expose students from real thing learnings such as visiting historical
parks and landmarks, industrial plants and sites, amusement and
theme parks.
Tourist attractions and events in the Philippines mainly
involve the following activities:

1. Recreation – these are any facilities that will bring relaxation

and relieve stress to the visitors during their spare time such as
amusement parks, theme parks, resorts, casinos, fitness centers,
bowling centers, spa centers, etc.
2. Shopping – Aside from having a stress relieving effect and
acquisition of new items for personal belongings, the industry is a
good source of income for entrepreneurs. Facilities connected to

99
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
shopping activities are shopping centers and malls, souvenir shops,
specialty stores, boutiques, convenient stores, supermarkets,
bazaars, and others.

10
0
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
3. Entertainment – This pertains to any activities that catch the
attention of the audience through drama, music, dance, storytelling
and others. Facilities associated to entertainment are theater and
movie houses, concerts, sports events, festivals, etc.
4. Education – These are places and facilities that enrich the
learning of tourists in terms of culture, historical events and heroes,
inventions, innovations and technology. It includes historical parks
and monuments, relevant landmarks, museums, and others.

6. Other Private Sectors

The broadcast media has a vital role in motivating the public
to participate in the tourism industry of the country. According to
the National Commission on Culture and the Arts, 85% of the
household have access to radio in the Philippines, while 65% of
household are entertained in their televisions. Media have great
impact in creating positive image to the tourism industry and allows
the public to gain information about travel destinations, travel tips,
legal documents, and other concerns. Here are other private sectors
associated to the broadcast media and tourism.
 Publishing Companies – printed ads serve as concrete guide
and evidence for travelers and tourists. It is the task of
publishing companies to ensure that the public is always
updated of the new trends and happenings in the tourism
industry.
 ITC Service Provider – They act as a support group for different
travel organizations in producing electronic and printed
manuals, guidebooks, atlases, time table, and operational
handbooks including Computerized Reservation System (CRS)
and Global Distribution Systems (GDS)
 Marketing and Public Relations Organizations – These are
private entities that plan and manage marketing research,
sales marketing activities, and conduct place analysis for
possible new markets.
 Event Organizers – These are sectors involved in the planning
and organization of events associated to tourism. They
coordinate with lodging establishments for venues of
meetings, conventions, exhibits, and other corporate activities
of the client company.
 Miscellaneous Service – These are entities that might be apart

10
1
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
from the tourism industry, yet should be considered as
affiliated sector because of the essential services they cater
for the tourist and travelers. It includes the hospitals,
nurseries, police, communication, trash collection and
disposal, insurance, and others.

10
2
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Write the following tourism sub-sectors according
to its appropriate classification.

Condotel Hotel Public Buses Concer

t
Coffee shop Shopping Mall Amusement Apartel
Park
Museum Motorcycle Restaurant Zipline
Taxicab Cafeteria Ferry Festiva
l

Food and Attraction and

Transportation Lodging
Beverage Activities

B. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Shortly explain the difference between the two
key terms presented below.

Cruise Ship

Hotel Motel

Recreation/Leisure Entertainment

10
3
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

ENHANCEMENT

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper.

1. What are the vital roles of the government and private

sectors in the Philippine Tourism industry?
2. What will be the possible conflicts if the tourism policies of
the government are not communicated well to the public?
3. Given the chance to become the Secretary of Tourism,
what policies will you impose to better improve the
Tourism Industry of our country?
4.

LET’S DO IT!
Research Time

Choose your desired topic to research on the

internet. Topic # 1: Puerto Princesa
Subterranean River Topic # 2:
Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park Topic # 3:
Coron Island

Visit websites associated to the chosen topic and compile

information about the following areas:
1. Unique descriptions of the tourist destination
2. Government and NGO environmental protection programs
3. Role of the public in the preservation of the
environment and heritage sites
10
4
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Individual product/performance will be evaluated using the
scoring rubrics below:

Direction: OVER ALL EVALUATION

Level PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Let the Achieve
teacher d
assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision
product in and with initiative and adaptability to problem
the following situations.
critical task 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
and assistance or supervision.
performance
5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but
criteria.
requires some assistance and/or supervision.
3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily,
but requires considerable assistance and/or
supervision.

Instructor will initial level achieved.

10
5
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LESSON 2 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT COMPANIES

AND TRAVEL AGENCIES (TM)

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Travel Management
Outcome
Companies and Travel Agencies

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. describe what is travel and tour agency;

2. differentiate the traditional “rate-minus” from the

evolving “cost-plus” concepts;

3. recognize how travel agencies shift its roles from

the traditional to the new trends in distribution cycle.

Have you ever tried to plan for your travel vacation? It seems
to be a very exciting activity but you might end up disappointed in
dealing with difficulties on how and at what point you can start.
There are so many concerns that should be arranged and rigid
matters to research on in travelling; whether looking for the best
travel destination in magazines or internet that can satisfy your
limited budget, securing for the necessary travel documents, plus
the hassle of packing your clothes and personal necessities.

10
6
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
It is really a good thing that there are travel management
companies and travel agencies that can guide, plan, and coordinate
the plans for your dream vacation. Consulting a travel company is
the best solution especially for beginners like you. Travel
companies will surely find the best travel deal that suits your needs.
The Tourist Code of 1980 under Article 243, describe the travel and
tour agency as “an entity engaged in the business of extending to
individuals or groups, travel services and assistance to include
documentation, ticketing, booking for transportation and/or
accommodation; arrangements, handling and/or conduct of tour
within or outside of Philippines, whether or not for a fee,
commission or any form of monetary consideration.”

The Traditional Trend

In the traditional way of selling travel products, travel
agencies act as middlemen between the vendors and vendees.
Vendors pertain to commercial entities such as hotels, resorts,
airlines, cruise and tour bus companies, amusement parks, and
others; travel agencies serve as the agents to market their product
or services offered. On the other hand, vendees pertain to you or
any person who buy the products offered by the vendors; in this
case, travel agencies provide guidance on customers.

Vendors/Commercial
Entities

Middleman/Travel Agency

Vendee/Customers

Can the vendee go directly to the vendors to avail of their

products or services? The answer is yes; but as explained earlier, it
can be a rigid task. Furthermore, vendors do not have the luxury of
time to answer every customer’s inquiry, that is why they prefer to
create agreements with travel agencies to let them promote and
explain the products and services that they offer in detail.
As stipulated in the law, travel agencies have the right to

10
7
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
collect commission from the vendor. This may range from 10% to
15% of the selling price which can be defined as “rate-minus”.
Aside from this, the travel agent

10
8
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
can also impose markup on the net cost of products forwarded by
the vendor or known as “net-plus” which are normally beyond the
understanding of the customer.

The New Trend

Innovations brought by the computer technology have great
impact on the way travel agencies function nowadays. Through the
internet, people can already book their flights directly with airline
companies, reserve for rooms on different hotels through the
Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and a Global Distribution
System (GDS). This time, travel agency is no more an agent for the
vendor or a seller to the vendee; but a partner to both of the
parties. They are now called as Travel Management Company
(TMC).
Commercial Entities

Travel Management
Company

Customer
s
A TMC is responsible for providing assistance to the vendees
in terms of finding the best supplier of travel products that can
satisfy their needs at their convenience and with their purchasing
power. TMCs conduct evaluation of the vendee to determine
preferences and budget then find the best match based on the
vendors audited assets. TMCs will also manage and negotiate with
all travel processes of the vendee. In return, TMCs will explain and
charge a professional fee from the vendee or the “cost-plus”. Unlike
“net- plus”, the “cost-plus” is openly communicated to the vendee.

10
9
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning
Outcome 1
A. WORD HUNT
Direction: Mark the ten (10) hidden words in the puzzle
below based on the lesson discussed.

T R A V E L P R O D U C T P
N E T P L U S W L F W L K R
O V J B N K U F T I F N Z O
I K H W Y O N J B M O Y W F
S R C B F H I Y H D C F D E
S B W H Q W M I V N L T K S
I K I R T N E V E N D E E S
M L J O K I T G Q T W I W I
M T W D F D A B V F O L Q O
O V O N H L R J G D S F V N
C W Y E E N T W D L Y W T A
N J K V F B K Y K B K H J L
W I A D M I D D L E M A N F
Q R N W Z H W J O H J L W E
T F K B F S U L P T S O C E

B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Differentiate the words in Column A from Column B.

Rate-Minus Cost-Plus

Vendor Vendee

Travel Agency Travel Management Company

11
0
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

Icon for
Learning
Outcome Learning Outcome 2 State the Functions of Travel
Management Company (TMC) /Travel Agency
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. determine some of the benefits that consumers may

get from booking through a travel agency;
2. explain the five basic functions of travel
management company (TMC)/travel agency;
3. identify the sources of TMCs’ sales and revenue.

Which of these ways do you think would be the best thing to

do to find the best travel deal that suits your budget: browsing the
magazine, searching the internet, or consulting a TMC/travel
agency? Majority of you might choose the second option which is
browsing the internet. Well, you are right that the World Wide Web
is really a good source to search on and many travelers today
transact their travel deals online. However, it is also true that many
travel deals posted on some websites are only scams or may have
some hidden charges behind the declared deal rates. In this case,
you would need somebody or an expert to help you out in finding
the right travel deal that will not go beyond your budget such as
travel management companies or travel agencies.
Here are some of the advantages that customers may get
from booking in a TMC/travel agency:

1. They are experts in their field - Travel agents will surely find the
best travel solution since they are professionals in doing this kind of
job everyday.

2. They conserve time and effort for you – They gather information

11
1
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
from suppliers and clients, arrange company agreements,
coordinate details of the

11
2
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
travel plans and file the needed documents. You have nothing to
worry about because somebody is doing the tasks for you.

3. They know the best supplier – Travel management businesses have

a wide range of company linkages and profiles. They compare price
rates and marketability of the travel products from one company to
another and will not stop until they find the most economical and
desirable deal for you.

4. They take charge of responsibilities – Whenever things go wrong,

conflicts are immediately resolved by the company since travel
agents have direct attachments to customers. Unlike online travel
transactions, there is no guarantee that your problems will be
addressed since some hotline centers of online agencies may either
be understaffed or not existing at all.

Functions of Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies

The travel management company/travel agency has the

following major functions:

1. Provide reliable information to clients – Travel agents are good

seekers of travel information in terms of suppliers profile, their
product prices, schedule of activities, and travel documents
required. Unlike before when travel agents manually gather data
through calling every commercial establishment just to compare
prices, the use of internet today is a breakthrough in accomplishing
these sort of jobs. Here are other means and sources that TMCs use
to gather relevant information: travel guidebooks, business travel
planner, the Star Service of hotels and cruise vessel, travel
documentaries, and most importantly, review of personal
experiences from travel forums.

2. Recommend travel products that suit the clients’ needs – After

determining the traveler’s preference and budget, the next step is
to find the right suppliers of products that can satisfy the
requirements of the client. At this point, suggestive selling comes in
wherein travel agents recommend various product inclusions or
selections on the deal that will not go far from the client’s buying
power such as deciding the appropriate airline and flight schedule,
11
3
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
travel destinations, incentives, and others.

11
4
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
3. Guide travelers in obtaining travel documents – One significant
benefit in consulting TMC is the guidance that they provide in
securing for your travel documents such as immigration clearances,
passport, and visas. In several travel destinations, some of these
documents are not required especially for local travels. But as TMC
determine the needs, they provide assistance to travelers in
obtaining these documents, for a fee.

4. Arrange and coordinate travel activities – At this point, a TMC will

now place reservation to suppliers, make travel arrangements, and
issue corresponding proof of reservations to the traveler such as
tickets or tour vouchers after he agrees with all recommendations
laid by the TMC. Therefore, the traveler is not anymore an alien to
the travel company but a “client”.

5. Provide assistance in case of refunds or cancellation of deal – There

are times that the client decides to revoke his deal with the travel
company due to unexpected circumstances. TMC will also assist the
clients in processing cancellations or better provide
recommendations to make adjustments on travel arrangements, if
possible.

Sources of TMC Sales and Revenue

There are various ways on how TMC benefit from processing travel
arrangements of clients:

1. Professional/Handling Fee – This pertains to fees charge to clients

for the professional services rendered by the travel agent in
gathering travel information, advising, and processing travel
arrangements. Professional fee is either a fixed amount or
percentage of the travel cost. This is referred to as the “cost-plus”.

2. Sales Commissions – These are either a form of commission from

regular product fares charged to supplier or known as “Rate-Minus”;
or a markup on net product fare passed on the client or “net-plus”

3. Service Fee – These are fees collected from clients for some
services incurred in addition to the regular travel functions such as
assistance in securing travel documents, and processing of
documents due to some adjustments from the original travel
arrangement.

11
5
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
4. Incentives and Rebates from suppliers – As regular agents to
suppliers, TMC sometimes receive incentives and rebates of any
form as an act of generosity and appreciation on the part of
suppliers.

11
6
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. TRUE OR FALSE
Direction: Write TRUE if the underlined word/phrase in the
statement is correct; and write FALSE if it is wrong. Put your answer
on the space provided.

1. Net-plus pertains to the commission markup or add-

on to the regular price of travel products which are offered to the
vendees.

2. Travel agencies have no right to collect commission

from the vendors/suppliers.

3. When a travel agent assists the client in obtaining

the required travel documents, he is allowed to collect a
professional fee from the latter.
4. Suggestive selling means providing travel deal
options and recommendations that may satisfy the budget
requirement of the client.

5. The client should be a good provider of travel

information in order to lessen the task of the TMC in finding the
right travel deal for him.

6. Cost-plus means collecting a professional fee from

the client for the agent’s efforts in searching travel information and
processing travel arrangements.
7. Net-plus is a kind of commission that is openly
communicated to the clients for transparency.

8. After agreeing with all the TMC recommendations,

the travel agent will process the travel arrangements and issue
proofs of reservations. The vendee is now considered a client of the
company.

9. The TMC will no longer assist the client in case of

deal cancellations and refund due to untoward circumstances.

10. Professional fee is deducted from the original

price of product or services offered by the vendor.

11
7
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Complete the diagram below by writing
your understanding about the details of the
concept given.

Functions
of a
TMC/Travel
Agency

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

11
8
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning
Learning Outcome 3 Explain the Organizational
Outcome Structure of TMC/ Travel Agency

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. describe the general characteristics of a Travel

Management Company (TMC);

2. explain the Departmental functions of a TMC/Travel Agency;

3. understand the duties and responsibilities of the

various designations in a TMC/Travel Agency.

Arranging every details of your travel plan is definitely not an

easy thing to do. That is why many are letting the travel
management companies do these rigid tasks for them. But, how is
it possible that a TMC is able to arrange numbers of travel dealings
everyday without compromising its credibility and work efficiency? It
is because they have organized teams that function simultaneously
according to the designated responsibilities.

As a service industry, a travel management company/travel

agency is committed to perform the following roles:

1. As Retailer – it buys travel products from suppliers (travel-related

establishments) and sell them to buyers (the consuming public).
2. As Agent – it negotiates and help the suppliers in distributing
travel products to the end user or client
3. As counselor – it guides the clients in using the best travel
products that suits their needs.
4. As Profit Earner – it generates revenues from every service
rendered to suppliers and clients such as professional fee (cost-
plus), rate-minus, net- plus, and service fee from auxiliary services.

11
9
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
A travel management company/travel agency is often
composed of the following essential departments represented by
the General Manager as chairperson:
General Manager

Assistant General
Manager

Administration Operations Sales and

Department Department Marketing
Department
1. Administration – This is the core department that manages the
internal functions of the company which often includes the General
Administration, Personnel, Accounting, and Finance divisions.

 General Administration – It formulates administrative policies

with regards to standard operating procedures of the
company; manages all legal dealings, processes insurance
needs of personnel, as well as the purchase and maintenance
of the company’s physical facilities.

 Personnel Section – It sets all administrative policies

concerning human resource and development including
personnel qualifications, screening, professional and
personality development trainings of employee. It is also in-
charge of monitoring its personnel’s work performance;
recommends increase in compensation or promotion for
efficient agents and imposes disciplinary actions on negligent
staffs.

 Accounting Section – It keeps all company records, permits,

licenses, bills, ledgers and other accounting documents.

 Finance Section – It manages the collection of revenues,

transacts with banks, prepares financial reports and disburses
money to defray all financial responsibilities of the company
such as salary of employees and utility bills.

12
0
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Administrative
Manager

Accountant Cashier Personnel

Bookkeeper Collectors

2. Operations
The Operations Department acts as the implementer in the
delivery of the company’s core product which is to serve as
intermediary between the suppliers and the client. Among big
TMC/travel agency, operations is sub- divided into two divisions
namely: Travel Operations and Tour Operations.

 Travel Operations – This division takes care of the normal

services catered by the TMC such as advising, information
seeking, processing, reserving and ticketing, and securing of
the travel documents for the clients. Personnel directly
involved in the Travel Operations are the Travel Manager,
Travel Supervisor, Documentation Supervisor, Travel
Counselors, Reservations and Ticketing Officers, and the
Liaison Officer.

Travel Manager

Travel Supervisor Documentatio

ns
Supervisor
Travel Counselor

Reservation Ticketin Liaiso

s Officer g n
Officer Office

12
1
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Tour Operations – It is the division responsible for the
“preparation and implementation of all activities within an
itinerary, within a given time frame, and within the estimated
costs, in order to meet the expectations of the paying clients.”
Unlike the Travel Operations division that normally transacts
in an office, the Tour Operations responsibility encompasses
the delivery of the actual tour activities in the field. The Tour
Operations division is headed by the Tour Manager; followed
by the Operations Supervisor and the Field Supervisor. Staffs
under the Operations Supervisor are the Quotations Officer,
Reservations Officer and the Messenger. On the other hand,
Field Supervisor manages the Tour Coordinator and the
Tour Manager
Courier Ticketing.

Operations Field Supervisor

Supervisor

Quotations
. Reservations Tour Courier
Coordinat
or
Messenger

Tour Guides

3. Marketing and Sales

Marketing and Sales are segmented activities which aim to

uplift the sales revenue of the TMC. Marketing pertains to any
activities that may cause public awareness about the company and
the product or services it offers. When marketing plans are
effectively communicated to the masses and many become
interested to avail the products, it will result to increase in sales
which the Department is targeting for. The Department is headed
by the Sales and Marketing Manager; followed by the Business
Development Supervisor and the Product Development Supervisor.
Both of these positions are responsible for the creation and
implementation of marketing plans on their respective areas;

12
2
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
strengthening the business servicing aspects of the company and
improving the desirability of the products offered.

12
3
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning
Outcome 3
A. Fill in the Box
Direction: Below are statements describing the
characteristics of various departments/divisions and designations in
a TMC/travel agency. Identify each of them by writing your answer
in the boxes provided.

1. It keeps all company records, permits, licenses, bills,

ledgers and other accounting documents.

2. It takes care of any activities that may bring public awareness

about the company and the products or services it offers.

3. It sets all administrative policies concerning human resource and

development including employees’ qualifications, screening,
professional and personality development trainings of employee.

4. It is responsible for the processing and delivery of the actual tour

activities in the field as included in the itinerary.

5. It formulates administrative policies with regards to standard

operating procedures of the company.

6. This department segment will benefit when the marketing plans

are effectively delivered to the consuming public.

7. It acts as the implementer in the delivery of the company’s core

product which is to serve as intermediary between the suppliers and
the client.

8. It manages the collection of revenues, transacts with banks,

prepares financial reports and disburses money to defray all
financial responsibilities of the company

12
4
 LM-Travel Services Grade 10

9. He/she monitors the normal office services catered by the TMC

such as advising, information seeking, processing, reserving and
ticketing, and securing of the travel documents for the clients.

10. The head supervisor in-charge of implementing marketing plans

to improve the desirability of the products offered by the company.

B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Complete the diagram below by writing
your understanding about the details of the
concept given.

Characteristics of
TMC/ Travel
Agency

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

12
5
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 4 Plan to Put-Up a Travel
Outcome
Agency
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. recognize the forms of business ownership

in the Philippines;

2. enumerate the various requirements to set up

a Travel Management Company/ Travel
Agency; and

3. describe the difference between an LGU License

and DOT Accreditation.

Now that you have a clear picture on how Travel

Management Companies/Travel Agencies are managed and
operated, it is now time for you to think about establishing your
own business. But before that, you should decide on what type of
travel agency you will be setting up: Are you going to franchise a
well-known TMC/Travel agency or establish a new independent
business entity? Both have its advantages and disadvantages.
Perhaps, if your business will become part of an already established
TMC, you will surely have lesser pressure on finding a supplier,
training your staff, and marketing the travel product to the public
since these companies have effective and stable support team that
guides a franchisee in overseeing the business. However, you
should bear in mind that franchising a business will cost a lot on
your capital investment, plus the reality that you are their business
partner and therefore you can only reap portion of the revenues in
franchised business.
On the other hand, establishing an independent travel
agency will require lesser capital investment as compared to
franchising. You have the freedom to manage its lawful operations
and create an identity the way you want it to be. But, entering your
business in a tight market is not as easy as you think; you have to
find credible suppliers, train your own staff and promote for your
own products. It takes time to establish a good reputation for your
business.

12
6
 On whatever tract you may decide to pursue, this part of
the learning resource will assist you on how to realize your travel
management business and become a sustainable source of income.

12
7
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Forms of Business Ownership

There are three (3) identified forms of business ownership
in the Philippines that are normally applied to Travel Management
Companies/Travel Agencies, namely:

1. Sole or Single Proprietorship (Small-Scale Business)

This business entity is managed and owned by a single
person. This business setup is easy to establish and is also easy to
collapse in case of liquidation. These documents should be secured
from the following government agencies upon legalizing any sole
proprietor business.
Bureau of Domestic Trade Registration
- Trade Name Registration
- Bank Certificate for the Company’s capitalization
- Tax Identification Number of the owner
Local Government Unit
- DTI Certificate of Business Name Registration
- Copy of the Lease Contract Agreement of the premises
- Bank Certificate of the Company’s paid –up capital
- Financial projections for the next three (3) years
- Biodata of the General Manager
- List of the company’s employees with respective biodata
- Duly accomplished application form
- Proof of payment of application fee
- General Liability insurance policy (varies according to the LGU)
- Surety Bond from an accredited insurance company (varies
according to the LGU)
- Barangay Clearance

128
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Partnership (Medium-Scale Business)
This is a business entity organized by two individuals or
partners who agree to share responsibilities with regard to business
management and finances. Generally, there are two types of
partner: the active and the passive. The active partner is directly
involved in the supervision of every business activities and may also
share with financial responsibilities in the company. Meanwhile, the
passive partner only provides financial support to the business and is
never involved in managing business operations. Partnership
requires strong coordination among business partners; in some
cases, misunderstandings result to the liquidation of the business.
The following documents should be secured for this form of
business:
Securities and Exchange Commission
- Articles of Partnership
- Bank Certificate of capital fund paid-up
Department of Trade and Industry registration
- Articles of Partnership
- Bank Certificate of capital fund paid-up
Local Government Unit
- SEC–approved Partnership document
- Copy of the Lease Contract Agreement of the premises
- Bank Certificate of capital fund paid-up
- Financial projections for the next three (3) years
- Biodata of the General Manager
- List of the company’s employees with respective biodata
- Duly accomplished application form
- Proof of payment of application fee
- General Liability insurance policy (varies according to the LGU)
- Surety Bond from an accredited insurance company (varies
according to the LGU)
- Barangay Clearance

3. Corporation (Large-Scale Business)

Most Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies in the
country have this setup. The business is composed of at least five
(5) incorporators or stockholders who comprises the Board of
Directors and is headed by a chairperson. The share of ownership or
stocks in a corporation is transferable and negotiable to others if

129
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
permitted by the stockholders; this makes the corporation the most
established and stable form of ownership. The following documents
are need to be secured:

130
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Securities and Exchange Commission
- Articles of Incorporation
- By-laws
- Bank Certificate of the capital fund paid-up
- Incorporator’s biodata
Department of Trade and Industry registration
- Articles of Incorporation
- By-laws
- Bank Certificate of the capital fund paid-up
- Incorporator’s biodata

After legalizing your business identity, you may now apply

for the License to Operate from the Office of the City/Municipal
Mayor with the following requirements needed:
- Barangay Clearance where the business is going to be located
- Fire Safety clearance
- Certificate of electrical inspection
- Certificate of occupancy
- Certified copy of Articles of Incorporation (or Partnership) and
By-Laws of Certificate of Business Name Registration for Single
Proprietorship
- Contract of Lease of office space or a sworn statement by the
Landlord that the agency is a lessee thereof
- Duly accomplished application form from the Business
Permits and Licensing Office
- Surety Bond valid for one year from the date of issue
- List of all officers and employees and their respective
positions, citizenship, and home address
- List of all travel representatives, consultants, sales agents
or persons who are regularly engaged in soliciting and
booking passengers
- For a new general manager, application for permit to work
and documents to prove a minimum of three (3) years’
experience in travel and tour agency operations.

It is also a must that your travel agency applies for

registration in the following government agencies:
- Social Security System
- Bureau of Internal Revenue

131
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
- Pag-Ibig Fund
- Philippine Health Insurance Corporation

132
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Application for Department of Tourism (DOT) Accreditation

You should note that application for Local Government

Licenses is different from the Department of Tourism Accreditation.
There are various significance in applying for DOT accreditation
such as incentives given and inclusion in the promotional campaign
of the government tourism agency.

Upon applying for DOT accreditation, the following

requirements must be satisfied:
- Mayor’s Permit/Municipal License
- Business Name Certificate for Single Proprietorship
- Articles of Incorporation / Partnership & By-
Laws for Corporation/Partnership
- Latest Income Tax Return and Audited Financial Statements
- Contract of Lease of office space / certificate of title
- Application form duly accomplished and notarized
- List of officers and employees
- Valid visa and labor permit for foreign nationals
- Board Resolution authorization for bonafide employee to file
/ transact business with DOT
- Proof of Php 500,000.00 working capital
- Proof of Inbound or local tour operations
- Receipts of bookings from DOT accredited hotels/resorts
- Tour packages with tariff rates
- Copy of Surety Bond submitted to the Local Government Unit (LGU)
- General Manager shall have at least 3 years managerial
experience in tour operations
- Bio-Data of two permanent staff who shall have at least 2
years in Tour Operations
- Office space requirements; should be located in a commercial
area, must be easily identifiable and shall be used exclusively
for the tour operation business
- For tour operator with branches – affidavit executed by the
general manager of the main office acknowledging the
existence of the branch office, assuming full responsibility of its
operations and certifying that it is not managed nor operated
by persons/entities other than the duly accredited employees
and officers of the main office.

133
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 4

A. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Sort the given legal requirements below according
to the government agencies it is intended to be submited upon
registration and licensing of a business establishment. Put your
answer in the appropriate columns.

Fire Safety Clearance Mayor’s Permit

Articles of Partnership/Corporation Certificate of
Occupancy List of company employees Barangay Clearance
Proof of Inbound/Local Tour Operations Surety Bond
Certificate of Electrical Inspection Latest Income Tax
Return Receipts of booking from hotels/resorts Tour Packages
with Tariff

Office of Mayor Department of Local Government

DTI / SEC
(License to Tourism Unit
Operate)

134
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Write your understanding about the following
forms of business ownership.
1.

Sole 2.
Proprietorship
3.

1.

Partnership 2.
3.

1.

Corporation 2.

3.

ENHANCEMENT

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper.

1. What is the difference between Travel Agency and

Travel Management Company?
2. What are the things that you should remember in
establishing your own business?
3. Are Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies
affected by the existence of the World Wide Web? Why
or why not?
4. In your own view, how can a TMC/Travel agency
adjust to the changing trends in the travel and
135
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
tourism industry?

136
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LET’S DO
IT!

Role Playing

Divide the class into five groups. Ask each group to role
play on the following topics:

Group # 1: Travelers planning for a

vacation Group # 2: Travel agent assisting
a client
Group # 3: Travel agent gathering information based on the
travelers preference and budget
Group # 4: Tour operator guiding the clients in the field
Group # 5: Clients giving their feedback toward the tour
operator’s performance during the tour activities
Performance of the group will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics
below:

Direction: OVER ALL EVALUATION

Level PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Let the Achieve
teacher d
assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision
performance and with initiative and adaptability to problem
in the situations.
following 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
critical task assistance or supervision.
and
5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but
performance
requires some assistance and/or supervision.
criteria.
3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily,
but requires considerable assistance and/or
supervision.

The instructor will indicate his/her initial on the level

achieved.
137
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Let’s See How Much You Learned

Post Test 1
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter of
your choice in your answer sheet.

1. This establishment is suitable for motor travelers looking for

inexpensive lodging services at their own convenience?
a. Motel
b. Condotel
c. Corporate Hotel
d. Resort Hotel

2. Which of the following lodging establishments can best

accommodate companies that need facilities suitable for
holding business conferences?
a. All-Suite hotel
b. Corporate hotel
c. Motel
d. Apartel

3. Which of the following companies offer travel services by sea?

a. Sulpicio Lines
b. Victory Liner
c. Cebu Pacific
d. None of the above

4. It is a government agency that has the power to

implement policies concerning air travel safety.
a. Philippine Ports Authority
b. Department of Foreign Affair
c. Bureau of Immigration
d. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines

138
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
5. What is the only government-controlled tourism agency that has
a board of trustees institutionally drawn from both private and
public sectors?
a. Philippine Tourism Authority
b. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation
c. Department of Interior and Local Government
d. Department of Tourism

6. Which of the following is an airline company?

a. Philtranco
b. Star Cruises
c. Sky Pasada
d. Avis

7. This government agency is mandated to monitor the entry

and exit of foreign nationals in the country.
a. Department of Transportation and Communication
b. Department of Public Works and Highways
c. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
d. Bureau of Immigration

8. What government tourism agency is responsible for the

collection of travel taxes on individuals?
a. Department of Budget and Management
b. Bureau of Internal Revenue
c. Philippine Tourism Authority
d. Department of Finance

9. On what private tourism sector does the cruise ship belong?

a. Food and beverage
b. Transportation
c. Oil Company
d. Educational institution

10.Republic Act No. 9593 is otherwise known as

a. Local Government Code of 1991
b. Tourism Act of 2009
c. Oil Deregulation law
d. Aviation Act of 2013

139
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. ANALOGY
Direction: Supply the word/phrase that can satisfy the
missing argument. Write only the letter of your answer on
the space provided.

1. Supplier : as Vendee : Client

a. Government agencies
b. Commercial establishments
c. Traveler
d. Travel agency

2. : Agent as Travel Management Company : Partner

a. Commercial establishments
b. Client
c. Lodging industry
d. Travel agency

3. Rate-minus : commission as cost-plus :

a. professional fee
b. service fee
c. rental fee
d. markup fee

4. Personnel : Human resource as Finance :

a. Ticketing
b. Record keeping
c. Cash disbursement
d. Public awareness

5. Lodging : Transportation as Marketing :

a. Sightseeing
b. Travel
c. Tourism
d. Operations

6. Government : Policy making as Private sector :

a. Accrediting/licensing
b. Policy implementing
c. Peace and Order
d. Marketing

7. Amusement Park : Attraction as : Lodging

a. Cafeteria
b. Theater
c. Bus Line
140
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
d. Motel

141
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

8. Sole Proprietorship : DTI as Corporation :

a. Local Government Unit(LGU)
b. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
c. Office of the City Mayor
d. Department of Tourism (DOT)

9. PCVC : convention venue as : travel taxes

a. Local Government Units
b. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
c. Philippine Tourism Authority
d. Department of Tourism

10. Travel Operations : Office-based as : Field

a. Tour Operations
b. Documentation
c. Personnel
d. Accounting

C. ESSAY
Direction: Explain the following questions on a clean sheet of paper.

1. What are the roles of the government and private sector in the
Philippine Tourism Industry?
2. What are the similarities and differences between the
traditional and the new trends in the distribution of travel products
and services?
3. How Travel Management Companies (TMC) / travel agencies
benefit for being an intermediary between vendors and vendee?
4. Explain the various forms of business ownership applicable to the TMC
/Travel Agency.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

142
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

QUARTER
II
Overview
Filipinos are naturally travelers; this is manifested by our
diverse culture and history for having strong family ties and hosts
of festive religious and cultural events. Many of these social
gatherings are rooted from the desire to appreciate and give thanks
to God’s abundant blessings in our land. Traveling is not just joining
the celebrations of our countrymen but a good opportunity to share
values, harmony, and culture.

Nowadays, tourism really changed the way every traveler

thinks upon visiting places. More than the majestic sceneries of
nature, some travelers still search for attractions that will let them
feel the excitement and thrill run through their veins. Perhaps,
many enjoy recreational activities when they are together with their
family; while others prefer traveling alone for convenience or
because of limited budget. There are indeed a lot of reasons that
lead people to travel.

In this part of the learning resource, you will learn the

different factors that motivate or de-motivate travelers in engaging
with different traveling activities; also, on how to match the travel
market and the destination according to the traveler’s preference.
As beginner travelers, it is important to assess and evaluate the
tourist destination to be visited, as well as to know the appropriate
use of travel guides such as map and compass in order to ensure
your safety and comfort upon going to places you have never been
before.

At the later part of the quarter, you will recognize the vital
role of travel agencies/TMCs and how they adapt to the new trends
in the travel distribution cycle from using Computerized Reservation
System (CRS) to Global Distribution System (GDS). You will become
familiar with some of the major GDS that travel agencies/TMCs use
in performing their business online. Lastly, this learning resource
will hone your skills in navigating with the Amadeus GDS and how to
use some of its basic commands.
143
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Western Visayas: The Land of Beaches and Smiles

Region 6 is indeed the home of world known beaches and

rich cultural heritage. Who have not heard about the breath
taking wonders of Boracay? But this heavenly paradise is just an
entry to a lot more destinations that tourists can enjoy and relax;
such as the Batabat Coral Reef and Malalison Island in Aklan, the
clear blue waters of Guinaras in Antique, and the mystics of
Danjugan Island in Bacolod City.

If you still want more closeness to nature, try exploring the

hidden Caves of Suhot and Quipot in Capiz, or walk through the
Piña Village of Kalibo to meet the dreamweavers of the land. And
of course, throw all your stress and worries through the bunch of
smiles that awaits you in the Mascara Festival of Bacolod, then
dance and rejoice your faith to the Almighty Creator in the Ati-
atihan festival of Aklan and Dinagyang festival of Iloilo.

Discover more of Western Visayas’s enchanting treasures

and express your delight by shouting “Hala-bira!”

144
 LM-Travel Services Grade 10

Icon for
General General Objectives
Objectives

At the end of this quarter, learners are expected to:

1. identify the markets and destination;

2. discuss the types of tourism;
3. assess and match travel destination suitable for travelers;
4. read and interpret map;
5. recognize famous tourist destinations in the world;
6. practice the internet and e-travel commerce;
7. describe the capabilities of Global Distribution System (GDS);

Let’s See What You Know

Pre – Test 2
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter
of your choice in your answer sheet.

1. The type of travel motivator related to discovering other people’s

tradition, history, and way of life
a. Physical
b. Cultural
c. Interpersonal
d. Prestige

2. The Product-Related variable that satisfy client’s needs for travel

whether corporate or leisure activities
a. Length of stay
b. Distance traveled
c. Purpose of visit
d. Mode of transportation

145
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
3. It is the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the equator.
a. Arctic Circle
b. Longitude
c. Tropics of Capricorn
d. Tropics of Cancer

4. It means to share faith and devotion together with the natives in

glorifying the Almighty Creator.
a. Historical Tourism
b. Culinary Tourism
c. Cultural Tourism
d. Religious Tourism

5. A thanks giving celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan

displayed in ritual dances and food offerings to their deities
a. Pagdidiwata
b. Ibalong
c. Lemlunay
d. Pista’y Dayat

6. This describes a traveler with a stable job but with limited time for
traveling since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the
workplace.
a. Budget Traveler
b. Regular Traveler
c. High-End Traveler
d. Either a or b

7. The travel evaluation indicator that is addressed upon

answering the question: “Did you learn new things from your
travel?”
a. Accessibility
b. Comfort and convenience
c. Safety and security
d. Education and entertainment

146
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
8. Part of the map that details the different items that can be seen in
the areas of the map like the name, countries and capital cities
a. Label
b. Legend
c. Compass Rose
d. Title

9. This map is intended to describe the state and national

boundaries of places.
a. Physical Map
b. Topography Map
c. Climatic Map
d. Political Map

10.A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water

a. Archipelago
b. Isthmus
c. Island
d. Peninsula

11.The IATA area where the Middle East belongs

a. Area I
b. Area II
c. Area III
d. Area IV

12.It is the most visited country in the world

a. Russia
b. Spain
c. France
d. Japan
13.The Bay Island of Honduras is part of this land area
a. Central America
b. Middle East
c. New Zealand
d. South Africa

147
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
14. All of the following are advantages of the internet in the travel
business, except
a. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of customer
b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search
c. It ignores personal motivation
d. It reduces paperwork

15. The first computerized information system used primarily to

store and retrieve clients’ data
a. Computerized Reservation System (CRS)
b. Global Distribution System (GDS)
c. Personal Reference Number (PNR)
d. World Wide Web (WWW)

16. A European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance,

Iberia Lufthansa and SAS
a. Sabre
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Amadeus

17. The aim of this type of tourism is to acquaint travelers to the

way of life of the natives which includes their customs and
traditions
a. Historical Tourism
b. Cultural Tourism
c. Culinary Tourism
d. Adventure Tourism

18. The tendency of a big family to refrain from traveling activities

because of inconvenience and high cost of expenditures belong to
what travel de- motivator?
a. Lack of interest
b. Lack of time
c. Family stage
d. Family bonding

148
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
19. The clients’ tendency to travel more often if they have better
educational attainment pertain to what market variable?
a. Socio-economic
b. Product-related
c. Psychographic
d. Physiological

20. Which of the following map guides is not aligned together

with the Altitudes?
a. Equator
b. Prime Meridian
c. Arctic Circle
d. Tropics of Cancer

B. SPOT THE UNLIKE

Direction: Identify the word or phrase that is not included
in the group. Then write it on your answer sheet.

1. Male
Marrie
d
First class flight
seat College
graduate, 25
years old

2. Festivals
Inexpensive
fare
Company sponsored
events Busy work
schedule
Fine weather

3. Mode of
Transportation
Safety
Social
recognition
Relaxation
149
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Family bonding

150
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
4. Ayala y
Compañia
Pintados
Festival House
of Apacible
Barasoain
Church Santa
Cruz Fort

5. Taal Volcano
Agusan Marsh
Batanes
Islands
Tubbataha
Reef
Makati Medical Center

6. Fantasy World
Burnham Park
Water Rafting
Ocean
Adventure Star
City

7. Budget
Traveler
Transportatio
n
Infrastructure
Attraction
Hospitality

8. Ocean
Platea
u Bay
Strait
Gulf

9. Indonesi
a
151
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Vietnam
Ireland
Jordan
New Zealand

10. Sabre
Amadeus
Galileo
StarCruis
e

152
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LESSON 1 MARKET AND DESTINATION (MD)

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Identify the Markets and Destination
Outcome

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. explain what are the people’s needs, motives, and

aspirations in traveling;
2. differentiate leisure travelers from business travelers; and
3. recognize how market is affected by various
intervening variables.

Have you ever experience an instance when you invite a

close friend to attend your party; but in spite of your dedication,
he/she was not able to come due to unexpected circumstances? You
might feel disappointed during that moment but try to assess first
the reason behind your friend’s decision to miss such a memorable
event in your life. Sometimes, people change plans not to hurt
others but to address some sort of priorities.

The same reason applies to the travel industry. There are

various factors that may affect a person’s decision to travel. As
discussed in the previous quarter, people generally travel for
leisure, business purposes or often both. People who have the
tendency to avail and realize their travel plans are referred to as the
Market. On the other hand, the places to be visited that are
elaborated on tour packages of travel agencies pertain to the
Destination. In some cases, travelers make adjustments or
cancellation of their travel plans because of various factors that you
will learn in this lesson.

Travel Motivators
Travel motivators are factors that invite or push a person to
travel. If your boss decides to schedule company meeting in a
prestigious hotel in Cebu, the call of your duty as employee is your
motivator. Other travel motivators are related to:
153
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

1. Physical
This describes motivations that have direct effect on
travelers’ physical body and is associated to relaxation and stress
releasing; on the way they feel, see, hear, smell, and taste.
Mountaineers visit places with exciting mountain trails and
overviewing sceneries such as such as Mt. Pulag in Luzon and Mt.
Apo in Mindanao.

2. Cultural
This is a type of motivator related to discovering other
people’s tradition, history, and way of life. Many feel excited about
the Sinulog festival of Cebu City or visit native restaurants in the
“culinary capital of the Philippines” Pampanga to meet, explore, and
share cultures with people.

3. Interpersonal
It is somehow connected to Cultural motives since both deals
with meeting people. This motivator however is more of personal
fulfillment upon making new friends and keeping the old ones which
is often neglected or forgotten as we grow old like own childhood
playmates, cousins and relatives. Apart from home, rejoice in the
memories of old times and escape from rigid routines of the current
life.

4. Status and Prestige

This motivates travelers to achieve a better outlook in life
through achievements, distinguished social status and recognitions
they receive from people in the visited place. The capability of a
person to travel places especially for leisure somehow connotes
154
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
richness, good education and pleasant quality of life from the point
of view of natives; and therefore, they often treat visitors with
respect and hospitality because of such impression.

155
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Travel De-motivators
This describes a situation, condition, and matters that may
bring changes or lead to cancellation of an agreed travel deal with
the travel agency. Such incident often results to frustration on the
part of the traveler since that original motive to pursue is blocked.
There are various factors that de-motivate travelers, these include:

1. Cost of Travel
Money is the most powerful motivating and de-motivating
effect among consumers. The family normally allocates their funds
first for availing the basic needs such as food, house rental, and
clothes; while leisure activities like traveling is only secondary in
priority and only if there are still sufficient funds available. As a form
of motivation for travelers, travel-related businesses regularly
release discounted fare promos only for particular periods of time
such as the PisoFare and other Airline Promos. But in time of
insufficiency, families still prefer to remain in their houses than
traveling to get rid of expenses unless they are pushed by
unavoidable motives.

2. Lack of Time
Company employees who have regular whole day work
schedules and only rest once a week will surely find it hard to book
for a two-days-one- night travel tour due to busy schedule.

3. Health
In some cases, it is not advisable for people suffering in
sickness to travel due to complications that they might get from the

156
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
stressful trip, discomfort of being seated for a long time and
sensitivity of their wounds to exposed environment.

157
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

4. Family Stage
There are conditions in the family that might affect in their
desire to travel. For example, if some family members will not be
present during the slated time of the trip because of their
commitment and activities in school or office, vacation plans will
probably be postponed. Big families will limit the instances of
traveling to avoid certain inconvenience which they may get from
hard to manage children and expensive travel fares.

5. Lack of Interest
People sometimes decline opportunities for traveling if they
do not anymore feel the thrill and excitement in discovering places
and people. Some factors may be: they have already been in the
place and not expecting any difference anymore; lack of public
information about the destination, and others.

6. Fear and Safety

Some have fears in traveling because of traumatic
experiences in their childhood, and the bad impressions that public
media unintentionally create in the mind of the travelers.

Types of Travel Market

Generally, there are two types of travelers based on the
purpose of their visit to destinations.

1. Leisure Travelers – They are tourists looking for great

opportunities to relax, discover new things, and meet with people.
Leisure travelers are looking for exciting outdoor travel packages
where they can experience remarkable adventures.

2. Business Traveler – These are people engaged in traveling for

corporate engagements such as conferences, meetings, and
conventions. Since most of their activities are done indoor, travel
products must offer a satisfying lodging experience for guests.

158
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Market variables
There are three (3) identified variables related to the
traveler’s individual differences that cause the travel market to
divide into distinct groups, namely:

1. Socio-Economic and Demographics Variables

These are factors affecting the human social processes and
population characteristics in relation to travel and tourism
tendencies. Some of the aspects include:
 Age - As people grow older, the desires and activities are
gradually reduced to a more tranquil and relaxing recreational
activities. On the other hand, the younger generation is
adventurous and feels excited about every new thing that
travel destinations may reveal to them.

 Gender - Males are essentially active and involve in various

extreme activities that can test their tolerance and strength
such as mountain climbing, sky diving, water surfing, and
more. Females are typically sentimental and loud as
compared to males. They need travel destinations that can
satisfy their expressive side such as theme parks, beach
resorts, shopping centers, and other places where they can
enjoy lighter activities and have a relaxing mood.

 Civil Status – Clients who are not yet establishing their own
family has the greater tendency to avail of travel products
and services since they have lesser family-related
responsibilities as compared to those already married.
However, it is also the family that drives individuals to travel
especially for parents who wish to build strong bonding
among their children and let their children experience
learning which becomes even more memorable when they are
together with their love ones.

 Education - Customers with better educational attainment are

often well-off compared to those who are less educated. It is
easier for people who graduated from college to land a
professional work with highly satisfying compensation that will
eventually improve his/her socio-economic status. Aside from

159
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
having a strong capacity to avail of travel products and
services, well-educated clients have better understanding of
different travel and tourism policies and therefore require
lesser briefing than the average clients.

160
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Product-Related Variables
These are factors related to the desirability of the travel
products offered by the travel agency towards their clients. Travel
products are matched according to various aspects that can satisfy
every client’s requirements such as:
 Length of stay – whether same-day visit, overnight, or longer
stay for couple of days. Appropriate length of stay must be set
according to the destination or activities. Perhaps, a one-night
stay in a resort or beach will not be enough for relaxation, nor
will a whole week visit to a theme park or animal zoo. It is
quite a long time for travelers who wish to just view its major
attractions.

 Purpose of visit – travel package should satisfy clients’ needs

for travel whether intended for corporate activities or for
leisure.

 Distance Traveled – Travelers with limited time to spend must

be presented with travel destinations and activities that will
not require longer time upon moving from one place to
another.
 Mode of Transportation – Means of moving to places must be
suitable for passengers. Perhaps, children might not be
comfortable in traveling by sea; or a wealthy passenger might
want a first class seat in his flight.

 Tourism Accommodation – whether tourists want an

exclusively luxurious tourism accommodation or a simply
collective or regular accommodation services given by
tourism establishments.

 Financial Requirement – Are there travel packages that can

still satisfy the client’s needs in spite of the declared budget
requirement?

3. Psychographic Variables
The study of psychographics deals with human personality,
values, attitudes, interests, and lifestyles. Abraham Maslow in his
“Hierarchy of Needs” explained that people are motivated to
achieve certain needs. When one need is fulfilled, a person seeks to
161
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
fulfill the next one, and so on. Therefore, the following needs of man
for travel must be satisfied:
 Physiological
The need to escape from the everyday work
environment, relaxation, relief from tension, and stress

162
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Safety
The need to have a sense of wellbeing, health, and recreation
 Belonging
The need for family bonding, companionship, social
interaction, personal and family ties
 Esteem
The need for prestige, social recognition, ego-
enhancement, personality development
 Cognitive
The need for cultural, educational, and interest resulting to
learning
 Aesthetics
The need for appreciation of environment, scenery, arts and
sciences

Review of Learning Outcome 1

A. CLASSIFICATION
Direction: Decide whether the following word/phrase belong
to Travel Motivator or De-Motivator. Write your answer on the
appropriate column.
1. Travel fare discounts and promos
2. Sudden death of an immediate relative in the province
3. Spare budget from family income
4. Expensive travel fare
5. Busy work schedules
6. Slated company meetings in a beach resort
7. Ineffective travel campaigns
8. Sponsored seminars and conventions
9. Festivals and cultural events
10.Health problems

Travel Motivators Travel De-Motivators

163
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. IDENTIFICATION
Direction: Determine what factors affect the travel market
are being described below; whether Socio-Economic, Product-
Related, or Psychographic. Write your answer on the space provided.

1. Civil Status

2. Family bonding

3. Business Travel Deals

4.First class passenger seat

5. Number of Dependents

6. Appreciation of Historical Landmarks

7. Discounted Travel Fare

8. Educational Attainment

9. Social Recognition

10. Number of hours spend in traveling

C. ESSAY
Direction: Explain the following questions in a clean sheet of paper.

1. How do people benefit from traveling to different places?

2. What is the role of a travel agency in setting the mood of a
traveler upon decision making?
3. How do travel agency benefit from understanding clients
behavior and preference?

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

164
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Discuss the Types of Tourism
Outcome

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. know the Philippine national regions and their provinces;

2. locate the major Philippine cities and describe
tourist attractions; and
3. identify attractions that falls under the category
of each type of tourism.

According to the Department of Tourism, tourist visitors that

arrived in the Philippines in 2013 reached a total of 4,681,307 which
is 9.56% higher compared to 2012 with a total 4,272,811. Such
significant increase is a good manifestation of effective tourism
campaign through the joint effort of the government and private
sector. For that particular year, the Philippines gained estimated
total revenue of 186.15 billion pesos, up by 15.1% from last year.

Uplifting the credibility of the entire country’s tourism is

indeed a tough responsibility. But then, as what they always say,
“Success is not build within the night”; it has to undergo with the
long process of trials and error. One concrete example is the
Department of Tourism’s campaign slogan which is “It’s More Fun in
the Philippines”; more than the tagline, government tourism
agencies have to ensure that the Philippines is capable of offering
superb tourism experience to tourists from different parts of the
world. If this is not realized through policy implementation and
search for potential travel destinations, success will not be possible.

Specifically, there are various types of tourism attractions

that the country can offer to the world and will surely fit to the
needs of leisure travelers.

1. Historical Tourism – The Philippines is a land of heroes,

nationalists, and artists that can be observed through many
monuments, historical landmarks, museums, churches, and old
establishments.
165
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Tourism attractions related to our rich history are mainly
being cared by the National Historical Commission of the Philippines
(NHCP). Some of the historical tourism attractions in the country
are:

166
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Las Piñas Church Cape Engaño Lighthouse College of San Juan de Letran

- Ayala y Compañia (Makati City, NCR)

- Las Piñas Church (Las Piñas City, NCR)
- Nakpil-Bautista Ancestral House (Quiapo, Manila, NCR)
- College of San Juan de Letran (Intramuros, Manila, NCR)
- Ruins of the Catholic Church of Dingras (Region I)
- Cape Engaño Lighthouse (Palaui Island, Region II)
- Church of Barosoain (Bulacan, Region III)
- House of Apacible (Batangas, Region IV-A)
- Freedom Park (Marinduque, Region IV-B)
- The Escuela Pia of Priteo Diaz (Sorsogon, Region V)
- Hechanova House (Iloilo, Region VI)
- Santa Cruz Fort (Bohol, Region VII)
- Palo Hospital (Leyte, Region VIII)
- The Royal House (Zamboanga del Norte, Region IX)
- Fort of Concepcion y del Triunfo (Misamis Occidental, Region X)
- Caraga Church (Davao Oriental, Region XI)
- Immaculate Concepcion Church of Tamontaka
(Cotabato City, Region XII)
- Former Site of Philippine Military Academy (Benguet, CAR)
- Sheik Makdum Mosque (Tawi-Tawi, ARMM)

2. Cultural Tourism – It involves the immersion of tourists in the way

of life of the locals, discovering their heritage and traditions, tasting
their foods, celebrating in their events, and appreciating the local
products. Some examples of cultural tourism are:

167
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Parraw Regatta Pahiyas Sa Quezon Maskara Festival

- Dinagyang (Iloilo) - It is a colorful whirl of thousands of

people dressed in unique costumes dancing and chanting all day
and night.
- Zambulawan (Pagadian City, Zamboanga del Sur) - The
founding of Pagadian City showcases the Subanon tribe's rich
cultural heritage by way of songs, dances and exhibits of musical
instruments.
- Parraw Regatta (Iloilo City) - An exciting boat race among
native outriggers in the strait between Guimaras Island and Iloilo
City.
- Pak'kaat Kallo (Magpet, Cotabato) - An annual feast of the
Manobo tribal community of Magpet in celebration of a bountiful
harvest.
- Lamilamihan Festival (Lamitan, Basilan) - A yearly festival
coinciding with the founding of Lamitan Municipality; it showcases
the traditional Yakan customs and traditions, music and dances, and
traditional crafts.
- Pista'y Dayat (Lingayen, Pangasinan) - A day of thanksgiving
for bountiful harvests and abundant fishing observed all over
Pangasinan with the traditional mass offering on beautiful beaches
and fluvial parade.
- Pahiyas sa Quezon (Lucban, Tayabas, Quezon) - Homes are
decked with kiping (multi-colored paper thin, leaf-shaped rice
kropeck) and harvested vegetables; trade fair; civic parades,
procession and other activities.
- Pintados Festival (Tacloban City) - Street pageantry and
contest focusing on the Leyteños' old custom of tattooing that
signifies courage and status in the community.
- Lemlunay-T'Boli Tribal Festival (Lake Sebu) - An annual
authentic T'boli tribal festival staged at Lake Sebu. It features tribal
rituals that start at early dawn amidst the sounds of gongs and
native music, culminating at the town plaza where cultural dances
168
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
and ethnic sports like horsefight are held.
- Maskara Festival (Bacolod City, Negros Occidental) - The
biggest annual event that reflects the Bacoleños love for fun and
gaiety. Coinciding with Bacolod City's charter day celebration, the
festival features sports competitions, cultural programs, carnivals,
beauty contests and a long Mardi grass-style costumed and masked
street dancers.

169
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
- Ibalong Festival (Legaspi City) - A celebration depicting
Bicol's early beginnings as portrayed in the "Ibalong" epic that tells
of super heroes Handiong, Batlog and Oryol, and villains and wild
animals that roamed in ancient times. In music and dances, revelers
parade on the main streets wearing masks of these heroes and
villains. Festival activities include tours, trade fairs, exhibits and
beauty pageants.
- Pagdidiwata (Puerto Princessa, Palawan) - A thanksgiving
celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan expressed in ritual
dances and food offerings to their deities and souls of departed kin

3. Religious Tourism – More than visiting temples and churches,

tourists share faith and devolution together with the locals in
glorifying the Almighty Creator through participating in their
prayers, processions, biblical dramatizations, singing and dancing.
Here are some activities signifying the religious tourism:

Via Crusis Ati-Atihan Feast of Black Nazarene

- Obando Fertility Rites (Obando, Bulacan) - Childless couples,

thankful parents, grateful farmers and fishermen dance along the
streets together with colorfully costumed women to pray for
children and a good harvest.
- Antipolo Pilgrimage (Antipolo, Rizal) - A month-long
celebration that brings devotees and pilgrims to venerate the Our
Lady of Peace and Good Voyage enshrined in Antipolo Church and
afterwards, picnic to nearby Hinulugang Taktak.
- Pulilan Carabao (Pulilan, Bulacan) - Hundreds of festively
adorned carabaos are paraded by their farmer-owners on the street
leading to the church; there, they are made to kneel down to pay
homage to San Isidro de Labrado, the patron saint of farmers.
- Manaoag Pilgrimage (Pangasinan) - Annual pilgrimage to the
Shrine of Our Lady of Manaoag. Known to local pilgrims/tourists as
miraculous, the Virgin's image has become one of Manaoag's main
170
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
attractions. Pilgrims' vehicles are blessed every Saturday.

171
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
- Turumba (Pakil, Laguna) - A procession of the centuries-old
image of the Virgin Mary through the streets, singing and dancing to
the Turumba.
- Ang Pagtaltal sa Guimaras (Jordan, Guimaras) - Lenten
presentation on the hillside of Jordan with locals as actors. This ala-
Oberrammergou event has been attracting hundreds of foreign and
domestic tourists. Local devotees' visit usually culminates in the
trek to "Balaan Bukid" or Holy Mountain where a huge cross is
planted by the chapel overlooking Guimaras Strait and Iloilo City.
- Eid-El-Fit’r Muslim Festival- A worldwide Muslim festival
celebrating the end of the month-long fasting period of the Holy
Month of Ramadan.
- Via Crusis (Cebu City) - A lenten activity where devotees
from Cebu City and its neighboring cities and towns do their
penitential procession of the Stations of the Cross built on 12
hectares of rolling hills. The life-size statues of the 14 Stations of the
Cross have been patterned after the Way of the Cross in Lourdes,
France.
- Feast of Our Lady of Candles (Jara, Iloilo City) - The blessing
of candles and the yearly procession of the patroness, the Nuestra
Señora de Candelaria is followed by the fiesta queen and her court
which highlights the celebration.
- Feast of the Black Nazarene (Quiapo, Manila) - This festival
centers on the image of the Black Nazarene which was transported
by galleon from Mexico to Manila in the 17th century.
- Ati-Atihan (Kalibo, Aklan) – It is a celebration in honor of the
Sto. Niño. Revelers don colorful costumes and paint their bodies
black and dance to the distinctive beat of "Hala bira!" around the
town.

4. Adventure Tourism – This pertains to tourism attractions that

invite tourists looking for extreme activities that will test their
endurance and strength. Tourism activities under this group are:

172
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Water Rafting Hot Air Ballooning Rock Climbing

173
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
- Sky Diving (Tanauan, Batangas)
- Hot air Ballooning (Clark Field, Pampanga)
- Mountain Biking (San Mateo, Rizal; Santa Rosa, Laguna;
Sagada; Loboc, Bohol)
- Rock Climbing (Montalban, Rizal; Atimonan, Quezon; El
Nido and Coron, Palawan)
- Trekking (Mount Pulag in Luzon; Mount Apo in Mindanao;
Mount Pinatubo in Pampanga)
- Cave Exploration (Sagada and Palawan)
- Sea Kayaking (Palawan, Subic Bay, Boracay)
- Scuba Diving (Anilao, Batangas; Puerto Galera, Mindoro;
Balicasag Island, Bohol; Tubbataha Reef, Puerto Princesa)
- Water Rafting (Coron, Palawan; Chico River in the
Cordillera Mountains; Cagayan De Oro River)
- Surfing (La Union, Zambales, Leyte, Surigao)

5. Environmental or Eco-Tourism – Nothing really beats the beauty of

nature. In fact, this is the best place to go when you want to feel
wellness, relaxation, and freedom from all sorts of worries. Tourists
engaged in eco- tourism normally enjoy sightseeing, interacting
with ethnic groups of the place and experiencing their means of
survival in their everyday dealings with nature as their habitat.
Here are some recommended places for you to visit:

Chocolate Hills Tubbataha Reef Cordillera Rice Terraces

- Agusan Marsh in Mindanao

- Batanes Islands
- Chocolate Hills in Bohol
- Cordillera Rice Terraces
- Donsol Whale Shark Interaction
- Hundred Islands National Park
- Mount Bulusan National Park
- Puerto Princesa Subterranean River

174
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
- Tubbataha Reef National Marine Park

175
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
- Taal Volcano in Tagaytay City
- Siargao Island

6. Culinary Tourism – This is the best recreational activity for tourists

with big appetite in tasting native delicacies and good learning
experience for aspiring chefs. Culinary tourism may be defined as a
combined passion for traveling and eating. While your mind is being
fed with facts, history and rich culture of the place, you also have
the chance to literally taste the native cuisines. Some of the
treasured delicacies that keep tourists from going back on the place
it is originated are:

Sisig Batchoy Pancit Malabon

- Curacha or steamed sea crab (Zamboanga)

- Inasal na manok (Negros)
- Kaldereta (Luzon)
- Kinunot or shredded meat of stingray
cooked in coconut milk (Bicol)
- Laing (Bicol)
- Sisig (Pampanga)
- Batchoy (Iloilo)
- Dinengdeng (Ilocos)
- Sinanglaw (Ilocos)
- Pancit Tuguegarao (Cagayan)
- Pancit Malabon (Tagalog)
- Pinakbet (Ilocos)
- Biskotso (Iloilo)
- Rosquillos (Cebu)
- Barquillos (Negros Occidental)
- Belekoy (Bulacan)
- Espasol (Laguna)
- Piaya (Negros Occidental)

176
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
7. Medical Tourism – This involves the provision for effective medical
facilities in the country that leads the local and foreign visitors of
availing health care services such as medical diagnostics, surgery,
therapy, weight loss programs, and more.

St. Lukes Medical Center Makati Medical Center

Then, after the stressful treatment, patients may decide to

visit some tourist attractions near the place to make way for
enjoyment. Here are some of the world class medical facilities in the
country:
- St. Luke’s Medical Center
- Makati Medical Center
- Manila Doctor Hospital
- Metropolitan Medical Center
- University of Perpetual Help Dalta Medical Center
- World Citi Medical Center
- Manila Philippine Orthopedic Institute
- Institut Santre NuHart Hair Clinic
- Instituto Estetico Manila Enhance Cosmetic Surgery and
Skin Care Center
- Beverly Hills 6750 Cosmetic Surgery and Skin Institute
- Eye Republic Ophthalmology Clinic

8. Recreational Tourism – These pertain to attractions that visitors

can enjoy to relax, bond with the family members and friends during
their leisure time which includes national parks, amusement parks,
zoo, theme parks, botanical garden, resorts and beaches, concert
hall, coliseum, shopping malls, sports centers, theaters and movie
houses, and others. Some of the recommended attractions to visit
are:

177
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Enchanted Kingdom Manila Ocean Park Sky Ranch

- Enchanted Kingdom (Laguna)

- Star City (Manila)
- Ocean Adventure (Subic, Zambales)
- Quezon City Memorial Circle
- Rizal Park (Manila)
- Colon Street (Cebu City)
- Manila Ocean Park (Manila)
- Araneta Shopping Complex (Cubao)
- Burnham Park (Baguio City)
- Sky Ranch (Tagaytay City)
- Fantasy World (Batangas)

Tourism Facilities For Business Travelers

Unlike leisure travelers, these visitors are engaged in
traveling mainly for corporate purposes, and sometimes also for
some short leisure. Their activities are done indoor that needs to be
conducive for them to become productive in doing their work.
Lodging establishments should provide facilities that are essential in
performing office tasks such as DLP projector, telephone, office
table and chairs, fax machine, photocopier, computers and printer.
Some tourism establishments that can provide such services are
hotels, resorts, and convention centers.

178
LM-Travel Services Grade
10

179
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Write the following tourist attractions according
to its appropriate classification.

1. Cave Exploration
2. Bacolod Inasal
3. Fantasy World
4. Institut Santre NuHart Hair Clinic
5. Parraw Regatta
6. Cape Engaño Light House
7. Tubbataha Reef National Marine Park
8. Mascara Festival
9. Via Crusis
10.Dinengdeng
11.Santa Cruz Fort
12.Eye Republic Ophthalmology Clinic
13.Sea Kayaking
14.Pulilan Carabao
15.Hundred Islands National Park
16.Sky Ranch
17.Hechanova Ancestral House
18.Chocolate Hills in Bohol
19.Manila Philippine
Orthopedic Institute
20.Enchanted Kingdom
21.Pintados Festival
22.Feast of Black Nazarene
23.Pahiyas sa Quezon
24.Pancit Tuguegarao
25.Mountain Biking

180
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Historical Cultural Religious

Adventure Environmental Culinary

Medical Recreational

181
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. ESSAY
Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper.

1. What is the difference between travel packages offered for

leisure travelers and business travelers?

2. Why is it important to determine the kind of tourism that can

be offered in different places?

3. As leisure traveler, how does your interest affect your decision

to choose the right travel destination?

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

Learning Outcome 3 Assess and Match Travel Destination

Suitable for Travelers
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. know the criteria for assessing destination traits

and attractions;

2. apply the criteria to assess a specific

destination traits and attractions; and

3. evaluate the desirability of the travel destination.

After a long travel adventure, it became a habit to everyone

of us to talk about the experiences that we had along the journey;
some often do this while sitting on a sofa together with friends
sipping a cup of coffee. Actually, the conversation is not only about
the attractions in the place, but also on what you observed,
performed, and enjoyed along the trip. After all, industries believe

182
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
that the best form of advertisement is the “word-of-mouth” or
personal

183
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
referrals. What people say about your business and the products
and services it offer matters a lot. As you satisfy every customer,
they will never stop talking about it until almost everybody knows
about the good news that you have a business that is one of a kind.
Setting good impression about the characteristics of the
destination or place to be visited significantly affects the decision of
the visitors to pursue their travel.

Prior to a traveler’s visit, one must consider first some factors

that may bring fulfillment or struggle on the endeavor such as:

1. Transportation – Is the place accessible enough to all

modes of transportation whether by air, land, or sea? Is the distance
from one destination to another not consume much of your time? Is
it safe enough to move to different places? How much budget will
be allocated for traveling?
2. Infrastructure – How well is the development in the place in
terms of street and road conditions, state of airports and piers, and
stability of buildings and establishments? Does the place address
the traveler’s need for water, electricity, communications and
sewage?
3. Attraction – How desirable is the travel package in terms of
inclusive attractions in every destination? How much will it cost to
avail the travel product? Are there discounts and promos? Are there
restrictions to be observed?
4. Hospitality – How accommodating are the service staffs
in the establishment? Does the tour cater for exclusive or general
public services? Are the establishments generous enough to let
tourists use all their facilities and amenities?

184
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Matching Markets with Destinations

In the previous quarter, it was explained that travel products

offered by a travel agency must match according to the client’s
declared budget requirement. Unconsciously, a travelers’ buying
capability have lot of influence on their decision-making; whether to
pursue certain travel activities or not during their stay. Perhaps, if
there is a zipline facility in a theme park visited, some travelers
might not take the chance to try this if it requires separate fare from
the tour package. Tourists might enjoy sightseeing, sun bathing,
and swimming activities in the beach rather than availing an extra
ride in the banana boat for it means additional expense on the
budget. Therefore, travelers are looking at travel products that
include all activities that they need without incurring extra cost
from their limited budget.

A traveler can be categorized into three (3) types based on

their buying capacity and attitude towards travel.

1. Budget Traveler – One who travels without a stable source of

income or merely relies on his/her parents’ income such as students
and free lancers. His/her cash on hand is usually accumulated
savings from daily allowances or excess from earned income after
deducting the basic expenses; that is why, he/she seeks for services
that can give best value for the money. He/She may travel either in
a group or as an individual. Economy is the major consideration
than quality of service provided to him/her.

2. Regular Traveler – One who is an average earner with stable job

but with limited time for traveling since he/she is holding vital
responsibilities in the workplace and just chooses to travel shortly to
escape from the stressful routine. He/She has the tendency to travel
in group together with office mates, family, or as an individual.
He/She also seeks for the best value for money and considers
comfort in his/her stay but does not deem it essential.

3. High-End Traveler – This type of traveler already has a stable

economic status and luxury of material resources; usually retiree or
owner of his/her established business. He/She either travels

185
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
together with love ones or friends, often sometimes at his/her own
expense. He/She is willing to pay more as long as the best travel
service will be given to him/her. This visitor always demand for
quality than economy.

186
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Destination Evaluation

As you are done with all the enjoyment and tiring activities, it
is about time for you to evaluate the quality of service offered in the
travel. To help you decide on this aspect, here are some key
indicators for you to review.

1. Accessibility – Were there any distractions that led you to

consume longer time in moving from one place to another like
traffic or road constructions? Are there available transport facilities
in the place for the entire day?
2. Comfort and Convenience – Did the local staffs and private
personnel of establishments assist you willingly? Did the travel
establishment provide all basic the needs of guests in terms of
appetizing food, conducive/comfortable lodging facilities, fast
internet and phone connections, sponsored personal necessities like
toothbrush, bath soap, towel, etc.?
3. Education and Entertainment – Did you learn new things from your
travel? Did these experiences bring you fulfillment, relaxation, and
delight?
4. Service, Safety and Security – Did the trip met your expectation as
leisure/business traveler? Did you feel the safety and belongingness
in the places you visited?

Review of Learning Outcome 3

A. Fill in the Box

Direction: Below are guiding questions that describe the key
indicators in assessing and evaluating travel characteristics.
Identify each of them by writing your answer in the boxes provided.

1. Does the place address the traveler’s need for water,

electricity, communications and sewage?

2. Did the trip meet your expectation as a leisure/business traveler?

187
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
3. Were there any distractions that led you to consume a
longer time in moving from one place to another like traffic or
road constructions?

188
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
4. How desirable is the travel package in terms of inclusive
activities in every destination?

5. Did the local staff and private personnel of establishments

assist you willingly?

6. How accommodating are the service staffs in the establishment?

7. Did you learn new things from your travel?

8. Is the distance from one destination to another not consume

much of your time?

9. Did these experiences bring you fulfillment, relaxation, and delight?

10.Did you feel the safety and belongingness in the places you visited?

B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Complete the diagram below by writing
your understanding about the details of the
concept given.
Budget Traveler Regular Traveler

High-End Traveler
Types of Traveler

189
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Icon for Learning Outcome 4 Read and Interpret the Map

Learning
Outcome
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. know how to read and interpret a map;

2. understand basic principles of geography through
distinguishing different land forms and bodies of
water; and
3. explain the different types of map and its uses.

Map is an essential guide for travelers in determining the

exact location of the place they are not familiar with especially for
tourists visiting out of the country destinations. Although maps are
graphical illustrations of the lands and bodies of water, many have
difficulty in using them because of various symbols, lines, colors and
other indicators which are not known to many. Before you become
proficient in reading maps, it is a must to first identify the different
lines, symbols, color and details that you can found in a map.

190
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Parts of the Map

1. Title – This label gives you the idea about the purpose and type of
information that the map tries to show.

2. Compass Rose – It is usually a circular guide for

directions located at the corner of the map. Aside
from indicating the upward location of the map, it
also describes the main (east, west, north, south)
and the intermediary (northeast, northwest,
southeast, southwest) directions toward all locations.

3. Labels – It details the different items that can be seen in the areas
of the map like the names countries and capital cities, famous
landmarks, names of bodies of water, and others.

4. Legend/Key – This is usually enclosed in a

box and situated at the side of the map. It
defines all symbols, colors and other markings
used in the map.

5. Scale – It describes the ratio between the

length of the map as compared to the real unit
distance of lands and bodies of water on earth.
For example, one centimeter of map area is
equivalent to 500 miles of its actual land mass.

6. Symbols – These are graphical

representations of different items that can be
found in the map locations such as mountains,
rivers, capital cities, natural resources, and
economic activities.

7. Longitudes or Meridians - These are imaginary lines drawn from

North to South Pole of the earth equidistant to one another.

- Prime Meridian – It is the first longitude (0 degree) that

passes through Greenwich of London.
- International Date Line – It is the last meridian where the

191
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
+180 degrees and -180 degrees meet.

192
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
8. Altitudes – These describe the imaginary horizontal lines that runs
from east to west of the map. Some other important lines that runs
through the Altitudes are:
- Equator – the imaginary line situated at the middle of the earth
- Tropics of Cancer – the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the
Equator
- Tropic of Capricorn – the imaginary line 23 degrees south
of the Equator
- Arctic Circle – the imaginary line that surrounds the
North Pole where the Arctic is located.
- Antarctic Circle – the imaginary line that surrounds the
South Pole where the Antarctic is located.

9. Absolute and Relative Location – The absolute location pertains to

the place on earth that fall exactly at the point where the altitude
and longitude meets; whereas, relative location describes any place
surrounding the altitude and longitude.

10. Inset Map – This pertains to a larger scale

representation of a portion of the map and is
usually projected on the uncluttered side of the
map.

11. Locator Map – It shows the highlighted area

of land and its location into the context of the
globe.

Land Forms

Continent – a huge connected bodies of land

Island – a mass of land surrounded by water
Archipelago – islands surrounded by water
Isthmus – a narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water
Peninsula – large projection of land into water
Plateau – an elevated land mass with flat surface on its crest
Cape – a projection of land into water
Mountain – an elevated land mass that is peaked
Elevation – the height of land above sea level
193
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Volcano – a land mass the same with mountain but emits lava and
other materials when active

194
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Bodies of Water

Ocean – the largest body of water that makes up 2/3 of the earth’s
surface. The different oceans that surround the earth are the
Pacific, Atlantic, Indian, and Arctic.
Sea – second to the largest body of water. Some of which are the
Black Sea, Dead Sea, and Caspian Sea
Gulf – a large body of water that extends beyond into land
Bay – a smaller body of water than the Gulf that protrudes into land
Lake – a body of water surrounded by land
Strait – the water passage between lands
Fjords – narrow inlets of sea between steep slopes

Types of Maps
Maps vary depending on the details and purpose it is
intended. Here are some of the common types of maps to be
remembered:

1. Physical Map – It identifies all landforms and bodies of water that

can be found in different parts of the earth.
2. Topography Map – It is somewhat similar to the Physical Map for
showing different landforms and bodies of water; but instead of
colors, contour lines are used to illustrate the elevation and changes
in the landscape of the earth features.
3. Thematic Map – More than the usual details of lands and bodies of
water, it also includes some additional information for the
convenience of travelers such as climatic condition in the place,
population density, economic activity, historical trends, and political
boundaries.
4. Political Map – This map is intended to describe the state and
national boundaries of places.
5. Climate Map – This describes the kind of climate that can be
expected by travelers in the place of visit. Climatic zones are
scientifically determined through measuring the amount of
temperature, rainfall or snow, humidity, number of cloudy days and
other conditions in the place.
6. Economic or Resource Map – It determines the presence of natural
resources in the area which are marked with specific colors and
symbols in the Legend.
195
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
7. Road Map – It is the most common type of map that is widely
used by travelers. This specifies the major highways and roads in
the area that travelers may tract to arrive at the desired
destination.

196
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 4

A. MATCHING TYPE
Directions: Match the definitions in Column A with its
corresponding term in Column B. Write your answer on your answer
sheet.
Column A Column B
Definition Term
1. The map that determines the presence
of natural resources in the area A. Equator

2. A body of water surrounded by land B. Map Locator

3. The imaginary line situated at the
C. Climate map
middle of the earth
4. The map intended to describe the D. Political map
state and national boundaries of places.
E. Longitude
5. A narrow strip of land between two
large bodies of water F. Scale
6. The map that illustrates the G. Economic map
elevation and changes in the landscape of
earth features H. Isthmus
through contour lines
I. Legend
7. The imaginary lines drawn from
North to South Pole of the earth J. Topography map
8. It shows the highlighted area of K. Lake
land and its location into the context of the
globe.

9. It describes the ratio between the

lengths of the map as compared to the real
unit
distance of lands and bodies of water on earth.

10. It defines all symbols, colors and

other markings used in the map.

197
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Shortly explain the difference between the two
given terms below.

Altitude Longitude

Physical Map Topography Map

Absolute Location Relative Location

Island Archipelago

Inset map Locator map

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE QUICKWRITE

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

198
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Learning Outcome 5 Recognize Famous Tourist
Destinations in the World
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. identify the International Air Transportation

Association (IATA) areas;
2. describe political boundaries and topography in
each IATA area of operation; and
3. locate countries and cities and describe the
tourist attractions.

The International Air Transportation Association (IATA) is the

trade association that formulates industry policy and standards to
ensure safety, security, work simplification of the airline operations
across the globe. The headquarters of IATA is situated in Montreal,
Canada. It represents around 240 airlines or more than 84% of the
total air traffic.

In order to employ effective supervision of airline industries

and better understand the expanse of locations worldwide, IATA
identified three (3) areas of operations:

Area I – It is composed of all the North and South American

Continent and the adjacent islands, Greenland, Bermuda, the West
Indies and the islands of the Caribbean Sea, the Hawaiian Islands.

 North America is a continent entirely within the Northern

Hemisphere and almost within the Western Hemisphere. It is
approximately at 15 degrees north of the globe and expands
northward from the Tropic of Cancer. It covers an area of
about 24,709,000 square kilometers (9,540,000 square
miles), or about 4.8% of the planet’s surface. Most of the
continent’s land area is dominated by Canada, the United
States of America, and Mexico.
The United States of America earned $126.2 billion in
2012 and became the top International Tourism Receipt for
said year.
199
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Some of best tourist attractions in North America that
must be visited are:

Niagara Falls Washington, D.C. Cape Cod, Massachusetts

o Cape Cod, Massachusetts, United States of America

o Washington, DC, United States of America
o Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada
o Banff National Park, Alberta, Canada
o Lassen Volcanic National Park, California, USA
o Walts Disney World, Florida, United States of America
o Whistler, British Columbia, Canada
o Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, United States of America
 South America is the next sub-continent of Americas situated
in the Western Hemisphere, mostly in the Southern
Hemisphere, with a relatively small portion in Northern
Hemisphere. It has a land area of 17,840,000 square
kilometers (6,890,000 square miles). It is bordered by two big
bodies of water: the Pacific Ocean in the west and Atlantic
Ocean towards North-East. It is composed of twelve sovereign
states namely: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia,
Ecuador, Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uruguay, and
Venezuela; as well as the two non-sovereign areas, the French
Guiana and Falkland Island. South America is also one of the
world’s best tourist destinations. Some of the tourist
attractions that may be visited by travelers are:

Machu Picchu Angel Falls Rio de Janeiro

o Machu Picchu, Peru

200
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
o Amazonia, Ecuador
o Angel Falls, Venezuela

201
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
o Torres del Paine, Chile
o Salar de Uyuni, Bolivia
o San Pedro de Atacama, Chile
o Galapagos Island, Ecuador
o Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
o Buenos Aires, Argentina
 Central America has a land area of 524,000 square kilometer
(202,000 square miles). It is the center of the Americas
connected to the South America on the southeast and
isthmian portion of the North America. There are seven
countries that cover the Central America areas namely:
Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras,
Nicaragua, and Panama. Some of the well-known tourist
attractions in Central America are:

Lago de Atitlán Panama City Isla de Ometepe

o Lago de Atitlán, Guatemala

o The Hummingbird Highway, Belize
o Bay Islands, Honduras
o Isla de Ometepe, Nicaragua
o Monteverde & Santa Elena, Costa Rica
o Panama City
o Arenal Route, Costa Rica
o Ruta de Las Flores, El Salvador
According to the United Nations World Tourism Organization
(UNWTO), over 163.1 million international tourist arrived at various
regions of the Americas in 2012. This is 4.6% higher compared to in
2011. In fact, the North America ranked second as the most visited
Continent for that particular year.

Area II – It comprises all of Europe; including the European part of

the Russian Federation and the adjacent islands, Iceland, the
Azores, all of Africa and adjacent islands, Ascension Island, that part
of Asia lying west and including Islamic Republic of Iran.

202
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Europe – is the second to the smallest continent with a
surface area of about 10,180,000 square kilometers
(3,930,000 square miles). With approximately 50 countries in
the continent, Russia covers the largest land area, while the
Vatican City is the smallest. Europe is the third with the
largest population next to Asia and Africa. According to
UNWTO, France is the most visited country in the world with
recorded international tourist arrivals of 83.0 million in 2012,
and 81.6 million in 2011 or an increase of 1.8%; while Spain is
second as top earner in the Tourism Industry for the
respective year. Here are some other recommended tourists
attractions in Europe:

London, England Paris,France Rome, Italy

o London. England
o Paris, France
o Rome, Italy
o Barcelona, Spain
o Dublin, Ireland
o Madrid, Spain
o Amsterdam, The Netherlands
o Prague, Czech Republic
o Vienna, Austria
o Moscow, Russia
 Middle East – is the land with great concentration of Islamic
nations around the southern and eastern shores of the
Mediterranean Sea, extending from Morocco to the Arabian
Peninsula and Iran and sometimes beyond. The central area
was formerly known as Near East. The states or territories of
this region include Turkey, Lebanon, Cyprus, Iraq, Syria, Iran,
Israel, Jordan, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Yemen, Oman,
Sudan, Libya, Bahrain, Qatar and United Arab Emirates.
Tourist attractions in the Middle East are uniquely different
from other places because of the influence of rich Islamic
203
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
culture, history and civilizations. Some territories of vast
deserts are now transforming into beautiful cities to make
way for industrialization and

204
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
tourism possibilities. Some majestic tourist attractions in
Middle East are:

Cairo, Egypt Petra, Jordan Istanbul, Turkey

o Petra, Jordan
o Sanaa, Yemen
o Qalat, Bahrain
o Sabratha, Libya
o Cairo, Egypt
o Istanbul, Turkey
o Dubai, United Arab Emirates
o Jerusalem, Israel
o Doha, Qatar
 Africa – is the second to the largest continent and also second
to the most populated region in the world. It is about 30.2
million square kilometers (11.7 million square miles) including
the adjacent islands or 6% of the earth’s surface area. Algeria
has the largest land area. The continent is surrounded by
bodies of water; Mediterranean Sea to the north, Suez Canal
and Red Sea to the Northeast, Indian Ocean to the Southeast,
and the Atlantic Ocean to the West. There are 54 recognized
sovereign countries, 9 territories, and 2 independent states
with limited or no recognition encompassing the entire African
Continent. Among these territories, Nigeria has the largest
population of estimated 173.6 million which is the seventh
largest in the world in 2013. In terms of tourism, 49.5 million
international tourists arrived in Africa in 2011. This is an
increase of 0.85 over 2010. Some of the best tourist
attractions in Africa are:

205
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Marrakech, Morocco Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe Carthage, Tunisia

206
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
o Cape Town Central, South Africa
o Marrakech, Morocco
o Mombasa, Kenya
o Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe
o Serengeti National Park, Tanzania
o Swakopmund, Namibia
o Carthage, Tunisia
o Ranomafana National Park, Madagascar

Area III – It covers all Asia and the adjacent islands, except that
portion included in IATA Area II, all of the East Indies, Australia, New
Zealand and adjacent islands, the islands of the Pacific Ocean,
except those included in IATA Area I.
 Asia (East of the Urals) – is the largest among the seven
continent and also the most populated. It covers 8.7% of the
earth’s surface area and is situated mainly in the eastern and
northern hemisphere. The continent is surrounded by the
three large bodies of water: Pacific Ocean in the east, Indian
Ocean towards south, and Arctic Ocean in the north. The
region is inhabited by 60% of the world’s total population of
about 4.3 billion people. Furthermore, the Philippines is
situated in the Southeast Asian region. Some of the wonderful
tourist attractions in Asia are:

Taj Mahal Temple of Angkor Halong Bay

o Boko National Park, Cambodia

o Borobudur, Indonesia
o Batanes, Philippines
o Halong Bay, Vietnam
o Mount Everest, Nepal
o Taj Mahal, India
o Temples of Angkor, Cambodia
o Victoria Peak, Hong Kong
o Bangkok, Thailand

207
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
o Hokkaido, Japan

208
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Oceania (Australia, New Zealand and South Pacific Islands) –
is the region centered on the islands of the Pacific Ocean.
Oceania is divided into 3 subregions: the Melanesia,
Micronesia, and Polynesia; comprising 14 sovereign countries
and around 24 dependent territories.
Australia covers the largest land area among other
political boundaries in Oceania. Some of the known hidden
paradise of the land are:

Great Barrier Reef Ayers Rock Bora Bora

o Ayers Rock, Australia

o Milford Sound, New Zealand
o Bora Bora, French Polynesia
o Guadalcanal, Solomon Island
o Kokoda Trail, Papa New Guinea
o Burden of Maui, Tonga
o Kangaroo Island, Australia
o Great Barrier Reef, Australia
o Saipan, Northern Mariana Islands

In 2012, over 233.5 million international tourists arrived in

Asia and the Pacific; whereas, China was ranked third as the most
visited country in the world during the said year.

209
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 5

A. CLASSIFICATION
Direction: Determine whether the following tourist attractions
belong to IATA Area I, Area II or Area III. Put the answer on your
paper.

1. Marrakech, Morocco
2. Cairo, Egypt
3. Milford Sound, New Zealand
4. Banff National Park, Alberta, Canada
5. Machu Picchu, Peru
6. Mount Everest, Nepal
7. Great Barrier Reef, Australia
8. Ranomafana National Park, Madagascar
9. Paris, France
10.Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada
11.Petra, Jordan
12.Vienna, Austria
13.Galapagos Island, Ecuador
14.Borobudur, Indonesia
15.Jerusalem, Israel

B. TRUE OR FALSE
Direction: Write TRUE if the statement is correct; otherwise,
write FALSE if the statement is wrong. Put the answer on your
paper.

1. Africa is the most populated continent in the world.

2. Australia belongs to the South American region.
3. Vatican City is the smallest sovereign territory in the world.
4. Nigeria has the largest land area in the African continent.
5. France is the most visited country in the world in 2012.
6. South America is situated around the southern and eastern
shores of the Mediterranean Sea.
7. Hawaii belongs to the American continent.
8. Asia has the largest land area among the seven continents.
9. Canada belongs to Oceania.
10.Algeria is the most populated country in Africa.
210
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
11.Russia covers the largest land area in Europe.
12.The central Middle East was formerly known as the West Indies.

211
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
13.The Philippines belongs to Southeast Asia.
14.Brazil belongs to the IATA Area II.
15. United Nations World Tourism Organization formulates
standards to ensure safety, security, and work simplification of
airline operations across the globe.

ENHANCEMENT

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper.

1. Among the different types of tourism you have learned, what

motivates you the most to visit places? Why?
2. Why is it important to assess first your tourist destination then
evaluate the experiences that you had after the travel?
3. As a beginner traveler, what are the ten (5) most important
basic things that you should have in your bag upon travel to
ensure safety and order?

LET’S DO
IT!
Research Time

Choose your desired topic to research on the

internet. Topic # 1: Puerto Princesa
Subterranean River Topic # 2:
Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park Topic # 3:
Coron Island

Visit websites associated with the chosen topic and

compile information about the following areas:
1. Unique description of the tourist destination
2. Government and NGO environmental protection programs
3. Role of the public in the preservation of the
212
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
environment and heritage sites

213
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LESSON 2 THE INTERNET AND E-TRAVEL

COMMERCE (ET)

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Practice the Internet and E-Travel
Outcome
Commerce
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. understand the true impact of the internet in the travel industry;

2. appreciate the contribution of technology to the growth and

maturity of the travel business; and

3. identify the advantages and disadvantages of internet to

consumers and to travel agents.

“Since air travel began, technology has provided the solid

foundation on which travel agents build and develop their
businesses...There are so much technology out there, and whether
beneficial or not, these technologies are converging to offer the
next wave of how travel will be conducted. Travel agents will need
to take advantage of these opportunities and be willing to adopt
new innovation.” These statements were given by the Abacus
International president and CEO Robert Bailey during the
celebration of the company’s 23rd year in the travel industry.

214
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
The existence of technology has evidently changes the
traditional role of travel agency as intermediaries in the distribution
of travel products and services between suppliers and customers.
Internet is a perfect source of information and a distribution channel
for travelers nowadays; it can perform almost all vital functions of a
travel agency that savvy clients can deal it all by themselves. As
explained by Mr. Bailey, “Travel agents will need to take advantage
of these opportunities and be willing to adopt new innovations” in
order to survive in the tight competition brought by digitalization.
Perhaps, marketing the business online is a rapidly growing trend in
the travel and tourism industry.

Traditional Travel Distribution New Travel Chain via Internet

Vendors Vendors
(Airline, Car hire, Hotel, etc.) (Airline, Car hire, Hotel, etc.)

Tour Operators Tour Operators

Travel Agencies
VS Travel Agencies

Vendee (Travelers) Vendee (Travelers)

Rosenbloom (1999) and Horvat et’al (2001) identified some

of the advantages and disadvantages of the internet as a
distribution mechanism between the consumers and suppliers/travel
agents.

Advantages of the internet in the travel business

1. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search.
2. It gives a global space for limitless marketing of travel
products and reaches international competition.
3. It helps improve services provided to final consumers and
manage the contact with them.
4. It facilitates tangibility of the tourism product through
transmission of colored images.
5. It increases sales and profit on the part of supplier/TMC.
6. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of customer.
215
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
7. It provides rapid and convenient transactions.

216
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
8. It has information processing efficiency and flexibility.
9. It allows database management and relationship capabilities.
10. It imposes reduction of fixed and variable costs of business
activities, especially distribution costs.
11.It helps improve the company’s image.
12.It reduces paperwork.

Disadvantages of the internet in the travel business

1. It causes web clutter and confusion because some web
information is unstructured, badly organized and takes time and
energy to access.
2. It can be slow and awkward.
3. It ignores personal motivation.
4. It requires security when purchasing.
5. The technologies are changing too rapidly.
6. It has some consumer limitations such as the need for computer
skills, accessibility of computer and connection to internet, habit of
using and buying on the internet, using credit card in buying online
and others.
7. Lack of trust regarding security and privacy issues.
8. Lack of clear legal environment.

Profitable medium of sales promotion is probably the best

contribution of internet to the modern day travel agencies and
TMCs. This time, product distribution does not anymore rely and be
limited on the printed ads and brochures, it can now reach to
millions of computer users worldwide; therefore, internet provides
selling services of travel agencies/TMCs on demand. In order to
perform these marketing activities, travel agencies/TMCs use
effective promotional visualization of tourism services in the World
Wide Web, send and receive computer-controlled text, emails,
sounds and images. Through the internet, multimedia and
database, travel businesses can offer a much rational and fast
online communication, direct contact with the market and its
business partners, integration and automation of business process,
delivery and access of tourism information.
According to www.statisticbrain.com, internet booking
revenue has grown by more than 73% over the past five years. In
2013, 57% of all travel bookings were made on the internet and

217
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
65% of same day hotel reservations were made from a smartphone.
Some of the top visited travel sites are Booking.com (part of
Priceline.com), Expedia.com, Hotels.com, Priceline.com, Kayak.com,
Travelocity.com, Orbitz.com, Hotwire.com, and others.

218
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 1

A. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Shortly explain the advantages and disadvantages
of internet in travel services on the following concepts. Write your
answers on a clean sheet of paper.

Gathering Information
Advantages Disadvantages

Processing of Transactions
Advantages Disadvantages

Value for Money

Advantages Disadvantages

219
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Time and Comfort

Advantages Disadvantages

Safety and Security

Advantages Disadvantages

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 - Proficient
10 - Advance

220
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Capabilities of
Outcome
Global Distribution System (GDS)

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:

1. trace how CRS evolve into Global Distribution System (GDS);

2. name some of the major GDSs in operation today; and

3. appreciate the contribution of technology to the

growth and maturity of the travel business.

Computerized Reservation System (CRS) is the first

computerized information system used primarily to store and retrieve
clients’ data, promote sales and conduct fast and accurate transactions
of products and services in air travel. CRS is typically used to provide
information about airlines which may include:

1. flight schedule information

2. seat availability information by service class
3. fare quotes
4. reservation information
5. ticketing information
6. cancel existing reservations and tickets

CRS was later used by travel agencies, hotels, and other

tourism businesses to manage their inventory and let them gain direct
access through channel in order to check for availability, make
reservation in a hotel, rent a car, cruises and ships and issue tickets.
Because of such limitless capabilities, the term CRS was then replaced
by Global Distribution Systems (GDS) that can book and sell tickets for
multiple airlines. GDS companies designed their system to be accessible
to clients through the internet and let them compare travel information
from various tourism service providers, making the GDS as the most
effective tool for marketing travel services to manage the complexity of
supply.

221
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Major GDS Today

1. Amadeus
Amadeus was originally a neutral Global
Distribution System (GDS) formed by Air France,
Iberia, Lufthansa and SAS in 1987. At present, it
is under the registered ownership of Amadeus IT
Group with headquarters in Madrid, Spain and
its central database located in Erding, Germany.
It is the largest booking share in Europe which
was also intended to offer as alternative to
Sabre (an American GDS). The
company is sub-divided into two major areas of operation: Global
Distribution System, and its IT Solutions business. As GDS, Amadeus
offers the following major distribution solutions:
 Direct e-commerce/web and mobile technology
 Call center and airline ticket office technology
 Travel agency leisure e-commerce technology
 Travel agency leisure retail and call center shops
 Corporate travel agency desktop technology
 Travel agency mid and back-office solutions
 Travel agency IT consulting services
 Corporate self-booking tool technology
 Technology to link airlines PSS to other GDS/sales channels
 A strategy of equal functionality across channels at the airlines choice

2. Sabre
Sabre Global Distribution System was
founded by American Airlines and IBM in 1964. Its
headquarters is situated in Southlake, Texas, USA.
Sabre connects to more than 350,000 travel agents,
400 airlines, 100,000 hotels, 25 car rental brands,
50 rail providers and 14 cruise lines worldwide.

222
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Sabre business solutions are sub-divided into four units:
 Sabre Travel Network – global distribution solutions for travel industry
 Sabre Airline Solution – airline technology solutions for air
transportation industry
 Sabre Hospitality Solutions – hotel technology solutions for
hospitability industry
 Travelocity – online travel agency

3. Worldspan

Worldspan was founded by Delta Air

Lines, Northwest Airlines, and Transworld
Airlines in 1990. It merged with Galileo in
2006 under the Travelports GDS. Its
headquarters is located in Atlanta, Georgia.
As GDS, Worldspan contributes to 15% of the
world market share in the distribution of
electronically generated travel information,
internet products and connectivity, and e-
commerce capabilities for travel agencies,
and travel service providers.

Some of the leading Worldspan solutions are as follow:

 Worldspan Car Rental Distribution Solutions

 Worldspan FareSource - one of the most comprehensive and
accurate fares and pricing solutions for airlines worldwide.
 Worldspan Go! – combining browser-based travel technologies and
the power of the Worldspan GDS.
 Worldspan Hotel Distribution Solution – industry leading
technologies for hotel distribution, shopping and booking
 Worldspan Interactive Maps for Hotels – advanced shopping and
booking solution that lets users shop, price, compare and book
hotels in a visual environment.
 Worldspan Meridian – multi-host technology platform for airlines
worldwide.
 Worldspan SecuRate Air – travel industry’s most powerful solution
for managing negotiated fares.
 Worldspan WorldGroup – provides superior block space
223
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
management capabilities for airlines worldwide.

224
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Worldspan XML Pro – global data exchange tool for building fully
functional travel applications and establishing GDS direct connect
via the internet.
 Travelport e-Pricing – global standard in low-fare shopping technology.
 Travelport Fare Verified – comprehensive pre-ticketing fare audit
tool that protects airline companies against incorrectly priced or
reissued tickets.
 Travelport Rapid Reprice – the industry’s itinerary re-pricing tool
when traveler itineraries change.
 Travelport ViewTrip – offers 24/7 online access to detailed,
personal itineraries to travelers who hold a Worldspan booking
record.

4. Galileo
Together with Worldspan, the Galileo is
owned by Travelports Global Distribution System.
Its headquarters was moved from Denver,
Colorado to Atlanta, Georgia a year after the
merging of Travelport and Worldspan companies.
Although they now share the same datacenter,
both still run at separate systems.

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter
that best describes the statement on your quiz notebook.

1. The location of the headquarters of Amadeus IT Group

a. Atlanta, Georgia USA
b. Madrid, Spain
c. Denver, Colorado USA
d. Southlake, Texas USA

225
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. All of the following GDS belongs to Travelports company, except
a. Apollo
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Sabre

3. This European Global Distribution System was earlier developed to

serve as the alternative of an American GDS
a. Galileo
b. Amadeus
c. Travelports
d. Sabre

4. The Sabre’s global distribution solutions for travel industry

a. Travelocity
b. Sabre Hospitality Solutions
c. Sabre Travel Network
d. Sabre Air Solutions

5. All of the following are typical functions of a Computerized

Reservation System (CRS), except
a. provide reservation information
b. sell tickets for multiple airlines
c. cancel existing reservations and tickets
d. confirm seat availability information

6. The Worldspan’s pre-ticketing fare audit tool that protects airline

against incorrectly priced or reissued tickets.
a. Worldspan FareSource
b. Worldspan SecuRate Air
c. Travelport Rapid Reprice
d. Travelport Fare Verified

7. The following are travel distribution solutions offered by Amadeus

IT Group, except
a. Travel agency mid and back-office solutions
b. Direct e-commerce/web and mobile technology
c. Corporate self-booking tool technology
d. All of the above

226
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
8. This is one of the airline company that founded the Sabre in 1964.
a. Northwest Airlines
b. American Airlines
c. Air France
d. Transworld Airlines

9. It offers 24/7 online access to detailed, personal itineraries to travelers

who hold a Worldspan booking record.
a. Travelport ViewTrip
b. Worldspan WorldGroup
c. Travelport e-Pricing
d. Worldspan Go!

10. This allows clients to compare travel information and transact

from various tourism service providers online.
a. Computerized Reservation System (CRS)
b. Global Distribution System (GDS)
c. IT consulting services
d. either a or b

B. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Observe and interpret the graphical illustration below. Write your
understanding on a clean sheet of paper.
Airline

GDS Hotel

Traveler Travel
Agency
Car Hire

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES

2 – Beginning 8 - Proficient
4 – Developing 10 - Advance
6 – Approaching

227
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

ENHANCEMENT
SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper.

1. How did the existence of the World Wide Web change the
Travel Management Cycle?
2. What are the distinct difference between Computer Reservation
System (CRS) and Global Distribution System (GDS)?
3. List down at least ten (10) capabilities of GDS

LET’S DO
IT!

Laboratory Exercises

Sign in at the Amadeus software and display the following information:

1. Open the country information for Austria and find

some of the main attractions in the place.

2. Seek for the general information about Belgrade, London

airport and determine how many kilometers it will take to
travel from the airport to the city.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE

HANDS-ON ACTIVITY
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance

228
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Let’s See How Much You Learned

Post – Test 2
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter
of your choice in your answer sheet.

1. This describes a traveler with stable job but with limited time for
traveling since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the
workplace.
a. Budget Traveler
b. Regular Traveler
c. High-End Traveler
d. Either a or b

2. It means to share faith and devotion together with the locals in

glorifying the Almighty Creator.
a. Historical Tourism
b. Culinary Tourism
c. Cultural Tourism
d. Religious Tourism

3. A European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance,

Iberia Lufthansa and SAS
a. Sabre
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Amadeus

4. It is the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the equator.

a. Arctic Circle
b. Longitude
c. Tropics of Capricorn
d. Tropics of Cancer

229
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
5. The type of travel motivator related to discovering other people’s
tradition, history, and way of life
a. Physical
b. Cultural
c. Interpersonal
d. Prestige

6. A thanksgiving celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan

expressed in ritual dances and food offerings to their deities
a. Pagdidiwata
b. Ibalong
c. Lemlunay
d. Pista’y Dayat

7. Part of the map that details the different items that can be seen in
the areas like the name, countries and capital cities
a. Label
b. Legend
c. Compass Rose
d. Title

8. The Product-Related variable that satisfies client’s needs for

travel whether corporate or leisure activities
a. Length of stay
b. Distance traveled
c. Purpose of visit
d. Mode of transportation

9. A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water

a. Archipelago
b. Isthmus
c. Island
d. Peninsula

10.The Bay Island of Honduras is part of this land area

a. Central America
b. Middle East
c. New Zealand
d. South Africa

230
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
11.The IATA area where the Middle East belongs
a. Area I
b. Area II
c. Area III
d. Area IV

12. This map is intended to describe the state and national

boundaries of places.
a. Physical Map
b. Topography Map
c. Climatic Map
d. Political Map

13. All of the following are advantages of internet in the travel

business, except
a. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of the customer.
b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search.
c. It ignores personal motivation.
d. It reduces paperwork.

14.It is the most visited country in the world

a. Russia
b. Spain
c. France
d. Japan

15. The clients’ tendency to travel more often if they have better
educational attainment pertains to what market variable?
a. Socio-economic
b. Product-related
c. Psychographic
d. Physiological

16.Which of the following map guides is not aligned with the Altitudes?
a. Equator
b. Prime Meridian
c. Arctic Circle
d. Tropics of Cancer

231
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
17. The aim of this type of tourism is to acquaint travelers of the
way of life of the locals which includes their customs and traditions.
a. Historical Tourism
b. Cultural Tourism
c. Culinary Tourism
d. Adventure Tourism

18. The first computerized information system used primarily to

store and retrieve clients’ data
a. Computerized Reservation System (CRS)
b. Global Distribution System (GDS)
c. Personal Reference Number (PNR)
d. World Wide Web (WWW)

19. The tendency of a big family to refrain from traveling activities

because of inconvenience and high cost of expenditures belong to
what travel demotivator?
a. Lack of interest
b. Lack of time
c. Family stage
d. Family bonding

20. The travel evaluation indicator that is addressed upon

answering the question: “Did you learn new things from your
travel?”
a. Accessibility
b. Comfort and convenience
c. Safety and security
d. Education and entertainment

B. SPOT THE UNLIKE

Direction: Identify the word or phrase that is not included
in the group. Then write it on your answer sheet.

1. Ayala y
Compañia
Pintados
Festival House
of Apacible
232
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Barasoain
Church Santa
Cruz Fort

233
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Sabre 7. Festivals
Amadeus Inexpensive fare
Galileo Company sponsored events
StarCruis Busy work schedule
e Fine weather
Worldspa
n

3. Mode of
Transportation
Safety
Social
recognition
Relaxation
Family bonding

4. Fantasy World
Burnham Park
Water Rafting
Ocean
Adventure Star
City

5. Male
Marrie
d
First class flight
seat College
graduate, 25
years old

6. Taal Volcano
Agusan Marsh
Batanes
Islands
Tubbataha
Reef
Makati Medical Center

234
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
8. Indones
ia
Vietna
m
Jordan
Australi
a New
Zealand

9. Budget
Traveler
Transport
ation
Infrastruct
ure
Attraction
Hospitality

10. Oc
ea
n
Pla
tea
u
Ba
y
Str
ait
Gu
lf

235
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

QUARTER
III
Overview
In the business arena, it is pivotal in nature for a person to
showcase the necessary characteristics for clientele relations,
enough knowledge to run a certain business, and an impeccable
managerial and professional competence so as not to impede the
desired progression. The magnate at this level is considered to be
vital, as the business hits the brightest star there is on the vast
firmament of the corporate world.
Counter counseling, flight itinerary planning, and/or
reservations and confirmations are some of the core topics included
in this part of the module wherein, amid these skills is the individual
engaged in business who is buttressed with expertise in the present
demanding sphere of a fast-evolving technology.
After taking quarter three of the module, you will be equipped
with the fundamentals about the topics presented, excogitating and
revealing the invisible, latent picture of who you really are – adept
and prepared to battle head-to-head with the adversities of today.
You will dash fastest in the race of life, leaving others with their feet
still shackled by ignorance.
Let us try to look into details as you flip over the pages,
getting the focal point of quarter three of the module, both formal
and informal types of learning – the lessons will dwell on the Travel
Operations of the Organization, the Operations Department
Functions which are divided into five, namely: counter counseling,
reservations, fare calculation, ticketing, and documentation.

Icon for
General General Objectives
Objective
s
The following are the general objectives of quarter III:

1. arrange flight itinerary using a map and planner;

2. discuss flight reservation and confirmation;
3. follow rules and principles in airfare
calculation and travel documentation;
4. practice corporate travel management;
5. explain the MICE of travel management; and

236
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
6. describe the intranet and extranets in travel management.

237
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Ilocos Excursion

Ilocos at the Northwest Coast of the Philippines is now a

booming tourist attraction. From national museums and parks, to
beach destinations, Ilocos is an all-in-one vacation spot!
And because of its numerous acknowledgments as a
potential major tourist spot in the country, Ilocandia draws more
and more travelers every year.
Laoag City is the provincial capital of Ilocos Norte,
Philippines. It boosts of historical landmarks that going there will
make you feel like traveling through time. It is also known as the
Sparkling Gem of Ilocandia.
Vigan City, Ilocos Sur offers a glimpse of the Philippines’
colonial past. This is evident in the mixture of European and Asian
architecture of the ancestral houses, churches and other
structures that are well- preserved around the city.
The best way to go around and transport you to the colonial
past is to walk or take a Calesa/Kalesa along the infamous
cobblestone streets.
Pagudpud is a wide, beautiful and quiet town on the
northwest tip of Ilocos Norte, Luzon. It is bounded in the south by
the town of Bangui and in the east by the Cordillera Mountain
Range, the town of Adams and the province of Cagayan. The
South China Sea lies to the west and north. On a clear day,
Babuyan can be seen from Patapat National Park. The beaches
are approximately 2-hour drive from Laoag City.
It is a very common practice for locals and tourists alike to
buy fresh seafood at the market and have it grilled on the beach.
238
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
These and many more await you in Ilocos.

239
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Let’s See What You Know

Pretest - 3
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE. Read the statement carefully and
choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write your
answer in your quiz notebook.

1. Which of the following is NOT an aim of counter counseling?

a. concludes counter sales, which are transactions
captured by the travel counselors or counter staff
b. provides information, and recommends suitable
and attractive products
c. suggests itineraries and insures proper travel documentation
d. selects direct, non-stop flights from one point to
another, until final destination

2. It is a complete record of all requirements of the

passenger, and provides a history of actions taken,
confirmation, option dates, and relevant information.
e. Booking Card
f. Itinerary Card
g. Passport
h. None of the Above

3. It is the process by which cities to be visited are arranged

in the desired sequence to conform with the passenger’s
desired travel plans, starting from the point of origin to the
destinations to be visited in the desired sequence.
a. Counter Counseling
b. Flight Itinerary Planning
c. Arrival-departure Planning
d. Crisscrossing

240
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
4. What does GMT stands for?
a. Gold Mean Time
b. Greenwhich Mean Time
c. Gross Mean Time
d. Go Mean Time

5. This is the flight schedule requested by the client’s itinerary.

e. Flight Itinerary
f. Estimated Time of Arrival
g. Estimated Time of Departure
h. Passenger’s Number Record

6. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation

before the advent of e-commerce and the internet?
a. Manual Reservation
b. Electronic Reservation
c. Automated Reservation
d. None of the Above

7. It is through the supplier’s email address and interactive

website that reservations are accepted, and confirmations
are provided.
a. Manual Reservation
b. Electronic Reservation
c. Automated Reservation
d. a, b and c

8. What is the method which provides the availability of a

service first, allowing the client to make a choice?
a. Automated Reservation
b. Electronic Reservation
c. Manual Reservation
d. Direct Reservation

9. Provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines and

available information for flights that have seats available
for sale on more than 460 airlines.
a. Amadeus Automated Reservation System
b. Amadeus Direct Reservation System
c. Amadeus Electronic Reservation System
241
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
d. Amadeus Manual Reservation System

242
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
10. The name of a flight that operates between two cities
and does not make any stops
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
c. Connecting Flight
d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

11. The name of a flight that operates between two cities

and makes a change online or interline in one or more
cities en route
e. Non-stop Flight
f. Direct Flight
g. Connecting Flight
h. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

12. Referred to as an online flight that operates between

two cities with a change of aircraft at an international city
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
c. Connecting Flight
d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

13. Contains flights that submits

schedule dates to Amadeus irrespective of the
availability of the status of their flights.
a. Schedule Display
b. Time-Table Display
c. Flight Information
d. Airtime Access Levels

14. Contains flights of all airlines between a specific city

pair for a one- week period.
e. Schedule Display
f. Time-Table Display
g. Flight Information
h. Airtime Access Levels
15. The meaning of PNR
a. Passenger Name Record
b. Pre-Name Record
c. Post Name Record
243
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
d. Parliamentary Name Record

244
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
16. This refers to those who own or are owners-managers
of their respective business enterprises, who travel for
various reasons
b. Mariners
c. Corporate Executives
d. Businesspersons
e. Land-based overseas workers

17. The name of those travelers who represent the

company in events overseas, or attends corporate affairs in
a multinational setting
a. Mariners
b. Corporate Executives
c. Businesspersons
d. Land-based overseas workers

18. It is defined as the coming together of a group of people

with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined
goals or purposes
e. Meetings
f. Seminars
g. Workshops
h. Incentives

19. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency

to incite to determination or action.
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives

20. Refers to an assembly of people for a common business

purpose and social interchange between attendees.
a. Convention
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars

21. Refers to “trade events,” and consists of a series of exhibit

booths.
a. Convention
245
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars

246
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
22. This is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing
solutions of concrete problems, or acquiring specific skills
or knowledge in a particular field
e. Clinic
f. Retreat
g. Conclave
h. Assembly

23. This is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation,

or study of instructions under a director
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

24. Refers to a company of persons gathered for

deliberation and legislation, worship or entertainment
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

25. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to

study the same subjects.
e. Class
f. Clinic
g. Press Conference
h. Panel

26. Refers to a meeting where a panel of experts with

diverse views on the same subject present ideas in turn,
under the direction of a moderator
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel

247
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
27. It means that any direct or indirect issue or policy
conflict must be revealed, including any joint venture that
is deemed as conflict of interest.
a. Confidentiality
b. Conflict of Interest
c. Illegal Information Brokering
d. Point of View

28. It pertains to the proposal of travel arrangement for the

event from the travel management company to the
corporation or an event management.
a. Binding Process
b. Bidding Process
c. Transaction
d. Illegal Information Brokering

29. Refers to any private meeting or secret assembly.

e. Clinic
f. Retreat
g. Conclave
h. Assembl
y i.
30. This involves managing the point of sale activities
(reservations, ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering) to
monitor compliance and tracking non-compliance.
a. implementing travel policies and procedures.
b. managing corporate travel operations
c. reporting and analyzing performance.
d. monitoring compliance

248
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
LESSON 1 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT CYCLE

Counter Reservations/
Counseling Confirmations

Fare Calculation

Ticketing

Documentation

The travel operations department is the core of the TMC/travel

agency business. It engages in the efficient and effective delivery of
the organization’s service as partners or agents of travel suppliers.
This lesson will dwell on the Travel Operations of the organization.

The operations department functions are divided into five,

namely: counter counseling, reservations, fare calculation, ticketing,
and documentation.

The players of the operation department are: the Manager,

the Travel Supervisor, the Documentation Supervisor, the Travel
Counselors or Counter Staff, the Reservations and Ticketing Officers,
and Liaison Officer.

The managerial and supervisory job functions vary depending

on the size of the organization and the company’s policies, while the
line functions of the operations staff remain practically the same
regardless of the travel agency’s size.

249
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Learning Outcome 1 Arrange Flight Itinerary Using
A Map and Planner
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to:

1. describe the functions involved in

managing travel arrangements for leisure
travel;
2. plan a flight itinerary using a map and flight planner; and
3. accomplish a booking card for travel, a
tour voucher/exchange order and
purchase order

Counter counseling aims to:

a. conclude counter sales, which are transactions

captured by the travel counselors or counter staff;
b. accomplish booking cards for travel;
c. provide information and recommend suitable and
attractive products; and
d. suggest itineraries and insure proper travel documentation.

Flight Itinerary Planning

Flight itinerary planning is the process by which cities to be

visited are arranged in the desired sequence to conform with the
passenger’s desired travel plans, starting from the point of origin to
the destinations to be visited in the desired sequence. Claravall
(2008) suggested ways on how to plan for your itinerary:
250
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
1. identify the city-pairs involved – origin/destination or where a
sector begins and where it ends.
 A round trip journey will have two city-pair, example:
Manila/Singapore and Singapore/Manila.
 Once city-pairs are identified, select the suitable
flights between the city-pairs on the basis of
schedule (ETD/ETA) and frequency (day of a week).

2. A good knowledge of the world geography- airline flight

geography and how to be oriented by a map are essential
in itinerary planning.

3. Knows how to read maps

 In reading maps, the top portion represents north,
unless an arrow indicates that point of the compass.
The left side of the page is west, the right side is
east, and the bottom side is south.
 To get proper orientation, draw an imaginary circle
around the point of origin.

4. Have an idea of the distance involved -the scale is the

proportional difference between the actual size of the area
and the size of the map.

Don’ts in Flight Itinerary Planning:

1. Avoid crisscrossing
Crisscrossing:
Manila /Bangkok /Hong Kong /Singapore /Manila
Should be:
Manila /Hong Kong /Bangkok /Singapore /Manila or
VV
2. Avoid backtracking

Crisscrossing:
Manila /New Delhi /Bangkok /Colombo /Manila
Should be:
Manila /Bangkok /New Delhi /Colombo /Manila or VV
3. “The less carriers used, the better” - this has more to
do with the competitive airfares than anything else.

251
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Basic Procedure in Flight Itinerary Planning

 The simplest procedure in itinerary planning is to select

direct, non-stop flights from one point to another, until
final destination. However, it is not always that simple.
Sometimes there are no direct flights from a point of
origin.
 It is easy to find flights to the desired destination or to
the next hub city – this is known as hub city or transfer
airport.
 Should there be no direct flights from Bangkok to
Madrid, another hub city or transfer airport is required.
 The required connections in the hub cities provide
stopover opportunities for travelers, under normal
conditions, at no extra charge.
 When selecting the hubs, take into account the political
stability of the countries in question so as to insure the
safety and security of the passengers transiting or
passing by these countries.
 The best thing for you to do is to use the OAG (Official
Airline Guide) flight planner, or the individual flight
schedules in travel portals.
 It is important to note and list down all the city-pairs,
flights involved, arrival/departure times, and convenient
connections of the itinerary.

24-hour Time and Time Zones

 The arrival and departure of the airlines are always
expressed in local time.
 These are given in the 24-hour system (military time)
wherein hours are expressed in four digits.
 Thus, 6:00 a.m. is 0600H (oh-six hundred hours) and 11:30
a.m. is 1130H (eleven thirty hours).
 Afternoon hours are expressed as 1300H (thirteen
hundred hours) for 1:00 p.m., 1830H (eighteen thirty hours)
for 6:30 p.m. and 2345H (twenty-three forty-five hours) for
11:45 p.m.
 It is important to be able to convert time in this system.
 It is also important to understand International Time
based on the world’s 24-time zones.
252
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Every degree of longitudes, i.e. the vertical lines
running from north to south or vice-versa in all world
maps, represents one hour time difference from the
other.

253
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
How to read the OAG Flight Planner
 Departure City (1) – the English spelling of the city of
departure, its airline code and time variation from
Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
 Arrival City (2) – cities served from the point of departure
by through or connecting flights. If the city of arrival has
more than one airport, the name and the code of each is
given.
 Flight information (3) – flights are shown in order of
departure time. Through-flights are listed before
connecting flights. Some cities are served by connecting
flights only.
 Key to the through-flight information:(4-14)
 Validity (16) – flight information is valid between the
dates shown. Through and connecting flights operating
for shorter periods are indicated by first/last date of
operation.
 Days of service – M-Monday; T-Tuesday; W-Wednesday;
Th- Thursday; F-Friday; S-Saturday and Sun-Sunday.
 Departure and Arrival times (17-23) – Bold type is used for
departure time from the city of origin and arrival at the
final destination. Arrival and departure times at transfer
connection airports are shown.

254
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Flight Number (19 and 21) – the two-letter airline
code is used, followed by the flight number.
 Aircraft type (12) – abbreviated type of aircraft.
 Class (13) – the classes of service offered.
 Stops (11) – the number of intermediate stops on
each flight.

Booking Card for Travel

The Booking Card according to Claravall (2008):

 is the working form of the Operations Department-Travel.

255
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 is a complete record of all requirements of the
passenger, and provides a history of actions taken,
confirmation, option dates, and relevant
information.

Follow the guidelines below in filling out and

accomplishing the form:

 Date – write the date the card is issued.

 Reference number – write the assigned reference numbers, if
any. Some organizations do not write anything in this box
unless a deposit payment has been made.
 Name(s) – write passenger’s family name, followed by a
slash, the first name and title.
 Home address, phone number, email address
 Company name, address, and contact person – if the transaction
is an official company travel, write the company name,
address, and contact person. Include the company phone
and fax numbers.
 Flight Itinerary – this is the flight schedule requested to be
included in the client’s itinerary. Include here the dates of
travel, to and from, flight number, class, ETD (estimated time
of departure) and ETA (estimated time of arrival), status, options
and PNR (passenger’s number record).
 Hotel accommodations – this is a list of hotel requirements,
including number of rooms and applicable room rates.
Details like city, arrival, departure, hotel name, type of
room required, rate per room, number of rooms to be used,
number of nights, and total hotel accommodations are
discussed here.
 Sightseeing tours – this is a summary of sightseeing tours
requested such as city, dates, sightseeing tour name,
numbers of hours, indicate whether morning, afternoon or
evening, number of passengers, total sightseeing cost per
destination and total sightseeing tours.

256
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 1

A. IDENTIFICATION: Identify what is being described in each

item. Write the correct answer on the space before the
number.

1. The process by which cities to be visited

are arranged in the desired sequence to
conform with the passenger’s desired travel
plans, starting from the point of origin to the
destinations to be visited in the desired
sequence

_ 2. The working form of the

Operations Department-Travel

3. This is the flight schedule requested to

be included in the client’s itinerary.

4. This is a list of hotel requirements,

including number of rooms and applicable
room rates.

5. This is a summary of sightseeing

tours requested.

WORD FORMATION. Provide the appropriate meaning of

the following acronyms.

6. FIP=

7. ETD=

8. ETA=

9. OAG=

10. GMT=

257
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. Prepare a self-help brochure or leaflet on how counter-
counseling is done. Please be guided by this rubric:

Descriptions
Criteria Value
1 2 3 4
Display All parts are Some parts Most parts All parts are
not clearly are are clearl
labeled. clearly clearly y
labeled labeled. labele
d
Mechanics There are There are There are There are no
many
and Spelling mistakes in several minor mistakes in
mechanics mistakes in mistakes in mechanics
and/or mechanics mechanics and/or
spelling.
and/or and/or spelling.
spelling. spelling.
Presentation The brochure The brochure The brochure The brochure
is
presented as is presented is presented is presented
very difficult as difficult for as less with ease for
for
the audience the audience difficult for the audience
to
understand. to the audience to
understand. understand
to
understand
Layout The layout is The layout is The layout is The layout is
confusing. The somewhat almost well
components organized. organized. organized.
are Most of the Most There is
inconsistent
and some components components consistency
in
information are not are its
are
missing. organized. consistent components
Partial within the that allows
information publication. the readers
to
can be Almost all easily locate
located
information the
can be information.

258
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
located.
Total

Student’s comments:

Teacher’s comments:

259
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Discuss Flight Reservations
Outcome
and Confirmations

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to:

1. differentiate reservation and confirmation;

2. do some flight reservations; and
3. encode the necessary information needed for confirmation.

Reservations and Confirmations

Advance request for available space and services at

sometime in the future are reservations. It is also an arrangement to
secure accommodations, as in a restaurant or on a plane. A
confirmation is a written advice by a travel agency that a reservation
has been accepted and will be honored, thus, the term “confirmed
reservations”. It is also the written acknowledgment provided by a
broker indicating that a trade has been completed. This includes
details such as the date, price, commission, fees and settlement
terms of the trade.

Reservations may be done through a variety of

methodologies, but basically, by using any of the three methods: 1)
manual reservations; 2) electronic reservations; and 3) automated
reservations. The information relayed per method varies but is
basically the same.

Flight Reservations

1. Manual Reservations – refers to direct contact with the

supplier’s staff by mobile or regular phone. (see
appendices for illustration)
 Manual reservations are the traditional way of
placing reservations before the advent of e-
commerce and the internet.
 This method involves direct contact with the
supplier’s staff by mobile or regular phone.
260
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 It is highly personal and fosters client-
intermediary and intermediary-suppliers
commercial relations.

261
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Provide the following information when
making manual reservations:
i. Sector/leg required - sectors being
traveled, point of origin to point of
destination.
ii. Date of travel – this refers to the dates
the passenger(s) is/are traveling.
iii. Flight number/class – this refers to the
flight number and class.
iv. Passenger(s) name, and how many
passenger/s (adults/children with
corresponding ages) or seat/s are being
reserved.

262
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Electronic Reservations – is done through the supplier’s
email address and interactive website that accepts
reservations and provide confirmations.
 These were introduced by the use of email
correspondence, and these involved writing to the
email address of the supplier and receiving a reply from
a department or individual.
 This is less personal since there is no direct human contact.
 Another way to place an electronic travel reservation is
through an interactive website where no human contact
is involved.
 Field or boxes in the screen are filled out with the
necessary details and the site either accepts or rejects
the request.
 Confirmations are provided for confirmed companies
that do not make electronic reservations as these are
geared for consumers.

263
LM-Travel Services Grade
10

264
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

3. Automated reservations – is done through a global

distribution system wherein the supplier is a member
that provides availability of seats and accepts
reservations.
 This method provides the availability of a
service first, allowing the client to make a
choice.
 After the selection is made and inputted, the
system provides confirmations.

Amadeus Automated Reservation System

Amadeus air provides airline schedules for more than 780

airlines ad available information for flights that have seat available
for sale on more than 460 airlines. The Amadeus system stores over
500,000 city pairs and 3.9 million routings worldwide, offering a
wide range of direct flights and over 6 million connecting flight
options.
1. Availability of all flights are displays with at least one seat
available for sale or waitlist for all airlines, which have sales
265
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
agreement with Amadeus. Each time availability is displayed,
the flights are sorted following the hierarchy shown below:

266
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Flight Type Definition
Non-stop A flight that operates between two cities and
does
not make any stops.
Direct An online flight that operates between two
cities and makes a stop in one or more cities
en route.
Connecting A flight that operates between two cities
and
makes a change online or interline in one or
more cities en route.
Change of An online flight that operates between two
Equipment/Gaug cities with a change of aircraft at an
e international city.
Flight Hierarchy
Display

2. City Pair Availability. To display a neutral availability display, enter:

AN19SEPMNLBKK
AN Transaction command for neutral availability
19SEP Date, DDMMM
MNLBKK City pair

3. Dual-City Pair Availability. You can request two availability

display in one entry:
AN23SEPMNLHKG826SEPHKGSIN
AN Transaction command for neutral availability
23SEP Date, DDMMM
MNLHKG Fist city pair for the outbound flight
* Separator (mandatory)
26SEP Date, DDMMM
HKGSIN Second city pair for inbound or onward flight

4. Schedule display contains flights that submit schedule dates

to Amadeus irrespective of the availability status of their
flights.

5. Timetable display contains flights of all airlines between a

specific city pair for a one-week period. The display shows you
the frequency of flights between two airports and indicates
which airlines operate on a particular day of the week. The
display contains flights of airlines that participate in Amadeus.
To request for a neutral timetable display, enter:
TN12AUGMNLSIN

267
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
TN Transaction command for neutral code
12AUG Date, DDMMM
MNLSIN City pair

268
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
6. Flight Information on the operation of a specific flight and
date as provided by the respective airlines. There are two
ways of checking the flight information:
 Using a follow-up entry form and availability display
DO1
DO Transaction command for
flight information
1 Flight line number form an
available display

 By displaying the flight number and date:

DOCX751/10AUG/HKGBOM
DO Transaction command for
flight information
CX751 Flight Number
/10AUG Slash and date, DDMMM
/HKGBOM slash origin and destination
airport/city codes

7. Airline access levels – Amadeus offers airline campanies

several types of access for availability and schedule display,
and for booking seats. Some of the inclusions here are the
following: full Amadeus access, Amadeus access sells, and
Amadeus direct sales.

8. Amadeus passenger name record (PNR) mandatory elements.

 A PNR contains the details of a passenger’s
reservations and other information related to a
passenger’s trip.
 PNR’s can also contain information to assist airline
personnel with a passenger handling.

9. Segment element can be a flight, hotel, car, or cuisine

element. A PNR can contain up to 99 segments.

Additional
Title Explanations Info
MR or MS 12 years or older
MSTR or MIST 2 up to 11 years CHD
INF I month to 23 months old INF
Acceptable titles in name element

269
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
10. Name Element – a passenger name consists of the family
name, given name, and title. You can enter up to nine names
in the PNR. A name can contain up to 60 characters. When
creating a name element for an infant, you must include the
passenger type, and the infant must be associated to an adult
name. (Note: some airlines may require specific titles. Check
with the airline company.)

Here are some of the Entry Requests

examples of different NM2REYES/HANS MR/HEIDI More than one passenger
MS with
possible the same family name
name NM1BRADLEY/MICHAEL Child name
MSTR(CHD)
NM1TAN/SUSAN Infant associated with an
element entries: MS(INF/LISAMARIE) adult with the name family
name
*no spaces inside the
parentheses
NM1LIM/JANET Infant associated to an
MS(INFVALDEZ/IRENE) adult
with a different family name

The system automatically:

1. numbers that name element.
2. places the name in alphabetical order by family
name, regardless of how you entered them.
3. creates an OSI element when entering a child or
infant’s name.
11. Contact element – used to store contact information of a
travel agency and their passengers in the PNR.

12. Received from Element – identifies the person making or

modifying a reservation. During the PNR creation, the
received from the element is displayed as the second line in
the PNR.

13. Ticketing element – indicates the type of ticketing

arrangement made to provide tickets to a passenger.

14. End Transaction – when you have entered the five

mandatory elements, SMART, you must end the transaction to
file the record in the system.
270
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Other Reservations
The three methods of making flight reservations are also
applicable to reservations made for other supplier of travel services,
although the required information differs. Here are some of the
other reservations that your clients may avail:

1. Accommodation establishments. When placing manual

reservations with hotel, resorts or any other lodging
establishment, for lodging and board, the following
information must be provided:
 Passenger name number
 Inclusive dates
 Room breakdowns
 ETD / ETA information
 Meal required
 Special functions/activities (if any)
 Form of payment
If reservations are not available, present the booking and
the other accommodations establishments of similar category
in the locality; change the dates only with the client’s
consent.

2. Sightseeing tours and tour packages - if you avail of this

service, you must provide the following to facilitate easy
reservations:
 Passenger name number
 Date of sightseeing tour or the inclusive dates of
the tour package
 Number of rooms and room type
 Forms of payment
 Once the reservation is accepted, request
for pick-up time and place for the sightseeing
tour or the departure time and place of the
tour packages.

3. Cruises. When making reservation with a cruise company,

provide the following information:
 Passenger name number
 Date if departure/arrival
 Embarkation/debarkation points- point of origin to
271
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
point of destination
 Type of accommodation and breakdown (specify
whether: upper deck (window), balcony (veranda) or
standard accommodations)

272
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Once the reservation has been received,
request for its status and ticketing option.
Reconfirm the departure date, time and
city/port, and the date and time of arrival at
the destination of the cruise segment
purchased.

4. Restaurants and other entertainment establishments. When

placing reservations with restaurants and other
entertainment establishments, provide the following
information:
 Passenger name number
 Date of event/function
 Number of tables
 Form of payment
 Once reservation is accepted, double-
check the show time.

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. Modified True or False. Write TRUE if the statement is correct.

Write FALSE if the statement is incorrect and change the underlined
term to make the statement correct.

1. Manual reservations are the traditional way of placing

reservation before the advent of e-commerce
and the internet.
2. Automated reservations were introduced by the use
of email correspondence, and involved writing
to the email address of the supplier and
receiving a reply from a department or
individual.
3. Electronic reservations are done through a global
distribution system wherein the supplier is a
member that provides availability of seats and
accepts reservations
4. Manual reservation provides the availability of a

273
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
service first, allowing the client to make a choice.
5. Electronic reservation is less personal since there is
no direct human contact.

274
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
6. Amadeus air provides airline schedules for more than
780 airlines and available information for
flights that have seat available for sale on
more than 460 airlines.
7. Direct Flight is a flight that operates between two
cities and does not make any stops.
8. Connecting Flight is an online flight that operates
between two cities and makes a stop in one or
more cities en route.
9. Change of Equipment/Gauge Flight is a flight that
operates between two cities and makes a
change online or interline in one or more cities
en route.
10. PNR contains the details of a passenger’s reservations
and other information related his trip.

B. Interview some who have undergone an actual flight

reservation. Share to the class what essential information
were imparted to you.
Oral Presentation Rubric
Very Satisfacto Poor
good (has ry (has (has
no more four to more
Indicator
than three seven than
s
minor errors) seven
errors) errors)
1. Gave an interesting
introduction
2. Presented a clear explanation
of
the topic
3. Presented information in a
logical manner
4. Used complete sentence
5. Offered a concluding summary
6. Spoke clearly, correctly,
distinctly,
and confidently
7. Maintained eye contact
8. Maintained acceptable posture

275
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
9. Utilized audio-visual aids
10. Handled questions and
comments
Total
Grand Total

276
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
C. Make an inventory. List down the advantages and
disadvantages of the different flight reservations. Create
a diagram for making an inventory.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE

PERFORMANCE
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient

D. Identification. Accomplish the graphic organizer below by

filling out the empty boxes with the necessary
information depending on the category assigned per
box.

What information should be provided?

Accommodation
Establishments

Sightseeing Tours and

Tour Packages

Cruises

277
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. Visit a hotel, resort or any other lodging establishment, and
interview the manager about their operation on reservations.
Write a report to show to your classmates during class
discussion.

C. Collect forms of reservation from the hotel, resorts and other

lodging establishments to those juridical persons you visited.
Compile and reflect on it. Your output will be rated using the
rubric below.

SCORE CRITERIA
5 The information gathered suggests excellent and critical
analysis
of the topic presented
4 The information gathered suggests good analysis of the
topic presented
3 The information gathered lacks depth in the analysis of
the topic
presented.
2 The information gathered is unclear and has no bearing
on the topic presented.
1 No research work presented.

Icon for
Learning
Outcome Learning Outcome 3 Follow Rules and Principles in
Airfare Calculations and Travel Documentation
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to:

1. understand the rules and principles of airfare calculation;

2. write and read an airline paper and e-ticket; and

3. identify and explain the types of travel documentation.

Fare Calculations

The amount to be charged for any air journey is dependent on

278
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
the type of journey to be undertaken. For example, a passenger
who boards an aircraft at point “A”, flies direct, non-stop to point
“B” and disembarked will be charged the corresponding publisher
fare for the trip.

279
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
In the Philippines today, most travel agencies rely on four
different ways to calculate airfares. The first and most common are
the rate sheets provided by the respective airline companies
showing the different sectors flown by an airline with corresponding
net airlines. The second source is the passenger air tariff (PAT), a
tow book set which gives the applicable air fares on the various
sectors, regardless of the airlines. The third source is a global
distribution system’s fare quotation display (FQD).

How to read the passenger air tariff (PAT):

The following is an example and should not be used for fair

information. In general, the PAT appears in the following sequence:

1. Headline/sideline cities
2. Fare – one-way fares appear in regular typeface
while roundtrip fares appear in bold typeface
3. Fare type – example: Normal fares: Y for economy class; F
for first class; and J for business class.

Economy class, also called coach class,

steerage, or standard class, (colloquially: Cattle
class), is the lowest travel class of seating in air
travel, rail travel, and sometimes ferry or maritime
travel. Historically, this travel class has been called
tourist class on ocean liner and third class, or even
fourth class, on railways.

Business class is a travel class available on

many commercial airlines and rail lines, known by
brand names which vary by airline or rail company.
In the airline industry, it was originally intended as an
intermediate level of service between the economy
class and first class, but many airlines now offer
business class as the highest level of service, having
eliminated first class seating. Business class is
distinguished from other travel classes by the quality
of seating, food, drinks, ground service and other
amenities. Full business class is usually denoted 'J' or
'C' with schedule flexibility, but can be many other
letters depending on the circumstances.

280
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
First class is the most luxurious travel class of
seats and service on a train, passenger ship,
airplane, or other conveyance. It is usually much
more expensive than the business class and
economy class, and offers the best service and
luxurious accommodation
4. Carrier code – indicates which carrier the airfare appears.

Carrier code – it is a two-character

IATA- assigned code that identifies
a carrier on arrival /
departure signs, baggage tags, Global
Distribution System (GDS), tickets,
etc. Usually, it is an alpha code (such as AI for Air
India, EI for Air Lingus, and WN for Southwest Airlines)
but sometimes it is alphanumeric (such as F9 for
Frontier Airlines, 7Z for Laker Airlines, and 5X United Parcel
Service). For more examples of a CC, visit this
website: https://www.census.gov/foreign-
trade/reference/codes/aircarrier/acname.txt
5. MPM – is the maximum permitted mileage between the
headline city and sideline city for the global indicator shown.

281
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
6. Global indicator – shows the global routing direction
applicable to the fare.
7. Rule – refers to the applicable fare rule. These rules
are contained in the Passenger Air Tariff General
Rules volumes.
8. NUC – is the Neutral Unit of Construction equivalent
to the local currency fare.
9. Local currency – the fares are published in the local
currency of the Headline City.
10. Route reference – the numeric reference to linear
routing published in the routing sections.

Basic Fare Calculation Procedures

To calculate air itineraries that combine a number of

sectors, the ticketing officer is guided by the step-by-step
formula for the calculations used by the airlines’ desks as
follows:

1. Establish the type of journey.

 One –way (OW)-example: Manila/Hong Kong
 Round Trip (RT)-example: Manila/Bangkok/Manila
 Circle trip (CT)-example:
Manila/Hong
Kong/Bangkok/Singapore/Manila
 Round-the-world trip (RW)-example:
Manila/Tokyo/San Francisco/New
York/London/Frankfurt/Athens/Bangkok/M
anila
 Open Jaw (OJ)-example: Manila/Hong
Kong/ Macau/Manila
2. Establish the category of air fares published with a
rule reference, i.e., The rule sets out conditions
governing the application of the fare.
3. Fares published with direction codes-global indicators
can have different Maximum Permitted Mileage.
4. If no direct flights exist between points of origin and
destination, fares must be constructed using the
mileage system. The correct steps are:
 Establish the Fare Break Point (FBP) for each
282
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
component.

283
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Establish the Neutral Unit of Construction (NUC)
which is equivalent to the Local Currency fare
as shown in no. 8. The global indicator refers to
the routes applicable to the fare. (Note, read
and act on the Conditions (COND) provided in a
rule as shown in no. 7.)
 Note the Maximum Permitted Mileage (MPM).
This refers to the maximum distance or
mileage that may be traveled, between two
points, for a fare component as shown in no. 5.
 Add the Ticketed Point Mileage (TMP). This
refers to the distance between pairs of points
published in the Ticketing Point Mileage
manual.

To obtain the distance flown on a given journey, the

routing points are listed vertically, and the TPM written next
to them, sector by sector. Example:
BUE/MVD/RIO/LIS/GVA/FRA
TPM
Buenos Aries BUE
Montevideo MVD 140
Rio de Janeiro RIO 1133
Lisbon LIS 4796
Geneva GVA 930
Frankfurt FRA 287
7286

Once this is obtained, compare it with the sum of the MPM.

If the total distance of the itinerary does not exceed the

MPM, no excess mileage applies.

If the total TPM exceeds the MPM, check if an Excess

Mileage Allowance (EMA) is permitted. If the EMA is
insufficient, establish the percentage surcharge or EMS.
Search for any intermediate point having a higher fare in NUC
or the High Intermediate Point (HIP). Surcharge the Higher
Intermediate Point. Repeat steps 2-9 for each fare component.
The data and formula for the foregoing steps are shown in the
284
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
General Rules book of the Passenger Air Tariff.

285
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
The application of a mileage deduction will generally reduce
the fare so it is important to consult the tables in the AT and APT
whenever the TPM exceed the MPM.

5. The resulting total of each component is the Construct Fare

(CF).
6. Check and apply any minimum-fare rule shown
in the General Rules book of the passenger air tariff.
7. Add the CF of all the components for a Total (TTL).
8. Convert the TTL at the applicable Rate of Exchange
(ROE) currency. And round off the Local Selling Fare
(LSF).
9. Complete all the relevant boxes of the ticket
with the applicable taxes.

286
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Airline Ticketing

The air ticket can only be issued by the ticketing office after
reservations have been processed and confirmed and the applicable
airfares calculated.
 The issuance of air ticket is the final step in
processing a passenger’s air travel requirements.
 It represents a contract between a passenger and a
carrier, and represents also a passenger’s payment
to the travel agent.

287
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
1. Paper tickets
a. These are now phased out by the airlines worldwide. It
is important to understand the composition, format
and content of these to enable a better understanding
of an e-ticket.
b. It contains the original detail of the transaction.
2. Electronic air tickets
a. An e-ticket is a paperless electronic document used for
ticketing passengers.
b. E-ticketing (ET) is the process of simplifying the
issuance of paperless e-tickets, generating electronic
reports and monitoring materialization of booking
c. E-ticketing improves passenger convenience and e-
ticketing reduces cost.
d. It reduces ticket processing charges, eliminates the
need for paper and allows greater flexibility to the
passenger and travel agent to make changes to the
itinerary.

Advantages Disadvantages
For customers Stress free ticketing no Possibility
tickets to lose; no last
minute queues of technology
crash
For airlines Savings of up to US9 for Less portable
ticket printing and than a paper
processing
For travel agent Will allow them to Security issues
explore greater in self check-
opportunities to in kiosks
manage the
corporate
travel experience
Advantages and disadvantages of e-ticketing

Documentation

This refers to the process of legally securing the necessary

travel papers for prospective passengers. It is divided as follows:

 documents required for leaving the country of origin;

288
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 documents required for transit countries;
 documents required for entry to, and exit from the
destination country; and
 documents required for every reentry to the country of origin.

289
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Travel information is entered and maintained using one
of the following documents:

Documents Descriptions

Records trip information and

schedules advance checks. This
document is used to request
Travel Authorization monies for hotel deposits,
(TE, TEO, TEC) registration fee advances, and
airline ticket advances. The three
types of Travel Authorization - In-
State (TE), Out-of-State (TEO), and
Foreign (TEC)
- will hereafter be referred to as TE.
Records the expenditure of funds,
calculates the amount due to/from
the employee, and schedules the
reimbursement check to the
Expense Voucher (TP)
traveler (if appropriate). This
document reflects the actual costs
of the trip. The Expense Voucher
(TP) is used to record the
expenditure associated with a trip.

This document facilitates the

transfer of funds between internal
buyers and sellers. The buyer is
the traveler, and the sellers are the
Internal Travel Voucher
State Motor Pool and State Parks.
(IIT)
On the seller side, IIT updates the
revenue accounts. On the buyer
side, IIT updates the expense
accounts.

Clears the travel advance, records

reimbursement, or clears the
payable amount due to the
Travel Check (TC) traveler. This document is used
when either a travel advance or
a reimbursement is
manually produced and the
resulting accounting information.

290
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 3

A. IDENTIFICATION. Identify what has been indicated by the

numbered boxes. Write your answer on the space
provided for each item.

1. 6.
2. 7.
3. 8.
4. 9.
5. 10.
291
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
A. Seek information to someone who knows how to read the
passenger’s air tariff (PAT) and find out how this is done. Discuss
this in class.

B. Photocopy and compile travel papers of prospective

passengers, study these documents and write your
observation, then present to class.

ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITY

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper.

1. What are the five functions of the operations department of

a travel agency?
2. What are the different counter activities?
3. What are the three rules of flight itinerary planning?
4. What are transfer connections?
5. What is the difference between a short-sell and a long-sell
entry in the Amadeus system?
6. What are the types of journeys in fare calculations?

EXERCISES:

Plan for the following: Workbook I- Planning travel arrangements

Workbook II-Proposing travel arrangements

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE

QUICKWRITE
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient

292
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LET’S DO IT!

Field Work

Based on the group of destination cities selected,

accomplish the following:

1. A flight itinerary for the group of cities selected.

2. A directory of hotels selected in the cities visited.
3. A list of sightseeing tours chosen in the countries visited.
4. Complete the corresponding book card for travel.
5. Issue the air ticket or a purchase order for the
transportation company.
6. Prepare a reservation request/booking order and
exchange order/tour voucher.

Based on the background scenario assigned:

1. Prepare a comprehensive travel proposal based on the

guidelines given.

SCORING RUBRICS
Directions: Level
Achieve PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Ask the teacher to d
assess your
performance in the 10 - Can perform this skill without
following critical supervision and with initiative
task and and adaptability to problem
performance situations.
criteria 7 - Can perform this skill
satisfactorily
You will be rated without assistance or
based on the supervision.
overall evaluation 4 - Can perform this skill
on the right side. satisfactorily but requires some
assistance and/or
supervision.
1 - Can perform parts of this skill
satisfactorily, but requires
considerable assistance and/or
supervision.

293
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Instructor will indicate his initial when each

level is achieved.

294
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LESSON 2 CORPORATE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Practice Corporate Travel
Outcome
Management

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to:

1. explain the value of corporate travel management; and

2. differentiate the types of corporate travelers.

Value of Corporate Travel or Business Travel

Business trips are work-related and financed by the company,

business travel’s primary consideration is the reliable delivery of all
aspects of travel arrangements. The person or entity that finances
the trip, expects some benefit from the trip or the outcome of the
trip, whether a corporation, a shipping company or a couple needing
a domestic helper.

The difference has a major impact in how the travel

arrangements are made and paid for.

The value of corporate travel management can be

summarized into three: financial controls; policy adherence; and
safety and efficiency.

Let’s study them in detail one-by-one (Obando 2001):

1. Financial Control
 Having a professional travel management company or
competent in- house travel professionals that can manage
and negotiate travel- related services provides measurable
financial benefits to the corporation.
 The capabilities to monitor and analyze travel expenditures
are essential if cost cutting opportunities are to be identified
and taken advantage of.
 As a general rule, the appointed travel management company
or the in-house travel department works with each
295
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
department to determine

296
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
its travel needs and develop its travel budget, based on
current spending and planned development.
 With the consolidated travel needs of the corporation, the
discounts and preferred rates are negotiated with the travel
suppliers based on company-wide needs.

2. Policy Adherence
 Corporate travel management also involves developing
corporate travel policies that optimize the company’s
travel expenses.
 Proper procedures must be followed in order to adhere to
the company’s travel policies. Otherwise, the company will
just be wasting money through more expensive bookings
especially with non-preferred travel suppliers.
 The linkage of the consolidated travel needs of the
corporation with the corporation’s travel policies are
executed through the corporate travel procedures in the
managed corporate travel program.
 The corporate travel program guides the employees to
travel the way the management recommends.
 By taking advantage of the negotiated preferred rates or
discounts, a well-managed travel program pays for itself
through lesser costs and negotiated revenue, such as
rebates, overrides and incentive payments.

3. Safety and Efficiency

 Corporate travel professionals are responsible for
providing a valuable service to their clients, the
corporate traveler.
 This responsibility involves ensuring that travel is both
safe and productive.
 Corporate travelers need a smooth, efficient travel
process in order to reach a company’s business
objectives.
 During national, corporate or personal crisis, travel
management professionals are vital in reducing risk to
the company and its travelers, through emergency
tracking and assistance.
 Corporate managers at all levels realize the non-

297
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
monetary benefits of their corporate travel department
and the value of the human factor.

298
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Types of Corporate Travelers

Business travel is characterized by sponsored travel for

financial gain. This includes individuals both in government and
private sector, including the civil society and non-governmental
organizations. For the purpose of understanding what corporate
travel management involves, only a selected number of business
travelers will be identified and described.

Among the most common types are (Claravall 2008):

1. Businesspersons
 Are those who own or are owners-managers of their
respective business enterprise, who travel for various
reasons, mainly:
o to solicit additional contracts;
o to negotiate for a source of raw materials; and
o to participate in events of interest to the enterprise.
 Normally schedule travel well in advance and the
enterprise shoulders most travel expenses. Because the
traveler is the owner, travel expenses may be limited.
2. Corporate executives
 Are those travelers of executive rank, directors,
assistant and executive vice presidents, presidents,
chairs and the like, traveling to represent the company
in events overseas, or to attend corporate affairs in a
multinational setting.
 Image is an important factor in nurturing prestige, travel
expenses are unlimited, but subject to the travel
policies of the corporation.
 Travel may happen once a year or once a month or as
often as necessary.
3. Corporate supervisors/rank-and-file
 Like the senior corporate officials, the lower ranks may
also travel to represent the corporation in meetings
overseas or attend training programs in the corporate
headquarters.
 Travel budgets for these individuals may not be as large
as their senior counterparts, but is the corporation’s
image plays a role in determining the travel budget.
 They travel as often as necessary.
299
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
4. Mariners
 Or seafarers have travel needs which are either
scheduled in advance or are as need arises, normally
under time-sensitive schedules.
 They are needed in a certain port on a certain date, and
travel must be accomplished regardless of the cost.
5. Land-based overseas workers
 Normally travels one way, once a year, and seldom
purchase roundtrip tickets.
 The best example of these are the domestic helpers
(DH) based in Hong Kong
6. Government officials and employees
 Just like the corporate executives, supervisors and rank-
and- file, the Philippine government conducts missions
to foreign countries for various purposes – commercial,
diplomatic, military and the like. Government officials
and employees travel overseas on official business and
such require travel arrangements just like any other
traveler.

Obviously, there are many more than those mentioned above,

however, these should suffice to give understanding of what
business travel or travel for business purposes is all about.

Review of Learning Outcome 1

A. Getting into Details. On the space provided before the item

number, write FC if the statement falls under Financial Control,
PA for Policy Adherence and SE for Safety and Efficiency.

1. Corporate managers at all levels realize

the non- monetary benefits of their corporate travel
department and the value of the human factor.

2. Taking advantage of the negotiated

preferred rates or discounts, a well-managed travel
program pays for itself through lesser costs and negotiated
revenue, such as rebates, overrides and incentive
300
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
payments.

301
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
3. With the consolidated travel needs of the
corporation, the discounts and preferred
rates are negotiated with the travel
suppliers based on company-wide needs.

4. Corporate travelers need a smooth, efficient

travel process in order to reach a
company’s business objectives.

5. The corporate travel program guides the

employees to travel the way the
management recommends.

6. The linkage of the consolidated travel needs of

the corporation with the corporation’s
travel policies are executed through the
corporate travel procedures in the
managed corporate travel program.

7. The appointed travel management company or

the in-house travel department works with
each department to determine its travel
needs and develop its travel budget,
based on the current spending and
planned development.

8. Corporate travel professionals are responsible for

providing valuable service to their clients,
the corporate traveler.

9. Corporate travel management also involves

developing corporate travel policies that
optimize the company’s travel expense.

10. The capabilities to monitor and analyze travel

expenditures are essential if cost-cutting
opportunities are to be identified and
taken advantage of.

302
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. In a pivotal conversation, interview a person engaged in a
travel business and ask him/her about the principles
concerning corporate financial control, policy adherence,
and safety and efficiency principles. Record the
conversation, reflect on it and be able to share it in class.
Work in triads.

C. Make a reflective analysis on the different types of

corporate travelers. Afterwards, construct and exhibit your
expertise by making a poster. Present to class your
artwork, and express the focal idea of your poster.

Criteria Percentage
Workmanship 30%
Content (details of the output and 20%
appropriateness)
Compliance to standards 15%
Totality (appearance, physical impact) 15%
Work habits and techniques 10%
Speed 10%
Total 100%

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 The Meeting, Incentives, Convention,
Outcome and Exhibition (MICE)

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to:

1. describe MICE, marine travel and land-based

overseas workers characteristics;

2. detail the phases involved in corporate travel

management; and

3. prepare and evaluate a proposal or bid for a

303
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
corporate travel account management.

304
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Meetings, Incentives, Convention and Exhibitions (MICE)

Today, meetings have become an integral part of the travel

business and as monetary investment, it is expected to pay
concrete dividends. As any profit center, the business of putting
together a meeting, supervising theirs onsite operation and
analyzing and evaluating returns demand supervision. Thus,
operation of meetings now come within the responsibility of
management within the corporate structure.

Definition of MICE:

Meeting is defined as the coming together of a group

of people with similar interests to accomplish some
predetermined goals or purposes. It may be
employees of a single company, members of the same
association or participants in a similar business.

Seminar is defined as the gathering of people with

similar interests for the purpose of giving and
discussing information. Seminars are of specific nature
and are conducted by a recognized expert in the field,
and attended by persons interested in the subject
matter who are willing to pay the required fee.

Workshop is a brief, intensive educational program for

relatively small group of people in a given field which
emphasizes participation in problem solving efforts or
situations.

Incentives are not meetings but many convention

organizers are also responsible for developing and
operating incentive programs. It denotes something
that incites or has the tendency to incite to
determination or action.

Incentive programs begin with the structuring of a

contest and culminate with the awarding of prizes.
These may be money, products or a glamorous trip.

The most common objectives of the incentive program

are:
1. to increase sales;

305
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Convention is an assembly of people for a common
business purpose and social interchange between the
attendees. The meeting manager must organize not
only the business or the convention, but also the
extensive social program consisting of cocktail
parties, theme-parties, tours and spouses programs,
and activities for children.
Conference is a formula of interchanging of views, and
a meeting to discuss matters of common concern.

It implies participation, consultation and interchange

of ideas by all the attendees.

It is a give and take of ideas and opinions that allow

for mutual participation in the process of idea
exchange. Congress is similar to international
conventions in the European context.
Exhibitions are also known as “trade events”, and
consist of a series of exhibit booths in which people
show their wares, hoping to influence attendees
towards ordering or purchasing their wares .

A trade show may be an integral part of another type

of meeting, or it may stand by itself.

Other Classifications and Definitions

 Clinic is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of

concrete problems, or to the acquiring of specific skills or
knowledge in a particular field.
 Retreat is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or
study of instructions under a director.
 Conclave is any private meeting or secret assembly such as
that held to elect a new pope. It may also be applied in the
boardroom of a corporation, when the directors meet in secret
to discuss a possible hostile takeover.
 Assembly is a company of persons gathered for deliberation
and legislation, worship or entertainment.
 Class is a body of students meeting regularly to study the
same subjects.

306
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Press conference is a very special kind of meeting where
members of the media (newspapers, magazines, radio, and
television) are invited to a gathering to be given information on
some new event or development.
 Forum and symposium are two similar types of meetings,
although the symposium is perhaps the more formal of the
two. Both employ discussions led by speakers or panels, and
allow for questions and comments from the floor.
 Lecture may be a part of a program of another meeting, or it
may be a session by itself. This is a formal presentation of a
single person generally on a single subject.
 Panel is a meeting where a group of experts with diverse
views on the same subject presents ideas, under the direction
of a moderator.

The Bidding Process

It involves a proposal for the management of the corporate

travel requirements from the travel management company to the
corporation or an event management proposal from the event
planner to the event organizer, when these do not have an in-house
department to plan and manage the travel arrangement of the
event.

A corporate bid normally includes the following (E. Murer 2003):

1. Scope of services
 Specifies the goals to be accomplished
 Summarizes the scope of services to be provided
 May include the phases in the corporate travel management cycle:
i. assessment and evaluation;
ii. negotiating and contracting;
iii. travel policies and budget;
iv. implementation of travel policies procedures;
v. managing corporate travel operations; and
vi. reporting and analyzing performance.
 For the event management, it must include:
i. site facilities and assessment;
ii. negotiating and contracting;
iii. event management procedures;
iv. execution;
307
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
v. managing, and monitoring the event; and generating
relevant reports on the event.

308
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Services and support staff and equipment
 Provide the listing of staff support to be provided, their
qualifications and experience

3. Professional fees
 Detail the professional fees due for services rendered

4. Terms and conditions

 Focus on three general concerns:
i. Confidentiality – the agreement should not disclose
confidential information to anyone except as may be
specifically authorized
ii. Conflict of interest – any direct or indirect issue or policy
conflict – even if minor or remedial – which may arise
from the travel management company’s retention by
the corporate client must be revealed, including any
joint venture that is deemed as conflict of interest.
iii. Illegal information brokering – an approach done by the
suppliers which offer them confidential information to
obtain business through corruption of the competitive
bidding process – which is in no case should be put to
practice.

Managing Business Travel

Corporate travel management, that is, the management of

business travel involves a renewing cycle that starts immediately
upon the appointment of a travel management company up to the
service of the corporate travel needs of multinational, transnational,
or domestic corporations.

The following are the steps to follow (ADLehmann):

1. Evaluation and assessment of the travel requirements. Basically, it

involves gathering and analyzing information in the following areas:

a. Reason for official travel - involves soliciting information on

the reason/s for official company travel.
b. Frequency of travel - determines the number of trips per
annum, number of trips during low and high reasons in
the origin and/or destination cites or countries.
309
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
c. Primary destinations - analyses the destinations most
often visited, either as a market destination where
clients abound, or a supply destination where the raw
materials come from.

310
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
2. Identifying, negotiating and contracting vendors. This forecast is
determined after the information gathered is analyzed and
evaluated. Open negotiations between the vendor, the vendee and
the intermediary is the key to effective corporate travel
management. Negotiations must include:

a. Preferred carriers refers to those that fly the most, if not

all of the destinations frequented by the corporation’s
travelers.
b. Preferred hotel
c. Vendors’ terms and conditions

3. Developing (or revising) corporate travel policies, procedures and budget.

a. Policies and procedures are sets of rules and

regulations within the framework of the corporate
travel program. Some travel policy highlights are:
i. Reservations – all air travel reservations should be
made through the authorized travel management
company
ii. Airfares - employees should make reservations as
soon as the date of travel is confirmed. Discount
fares are often available from airlines with
advance purchases and other stipulations.
iii. Routing – direct service or connections are less
expensive than no-stop service.
iv. Layovers - are included in the time provided for the
scheduled layover.
v. Corporate Credit Card – an employer is issued a
corporate card. He/she is required to use it for
business travel only and does not have the option
of using a personal card.

b. Developing (or revising) it can be developed or revised

according to the findings and developments mentioned
in the preceding stages of the corporate travel
management.

4. Implementing travel policies and procedures.

a. Implementing the travel policies and procedures
311
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
involves the day-to-day application of the company’s
travel policies and procedures.

312
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
b. This is the critical aspect in the travel management as it
reinforces point of sale compliance.
i. Travel authorizations – a copy of the travel order
must be posted on the employee’s file.
ii. Approval powers – the employee’s department
head normally grants the power to approve
the expenses related to the employee’s travel
itinerary as a regular part of the monitoring
and approval process.
iii. Rank entitlements – some corporate ranks, like
managers, are directors are authorized above
the normal or average class of service
standards.

5. Managing Corporate Travel operations.

a. This involves managing the point of sale activities

(reservations, ticketing, hotel and car rental
vouchering) and monitoring quality assurance plus the
appropriate internal audit procedures to monitor
compliance and tracking non- compliance.
i. It starts with the itinerary planning and ends
with the post-trip report.

6. Reporting and analyzing performance.

a. This stage involves generating all the necessary reports

that enable analysis of performance vis-à-vis the
corporate travel objectives goals. This stage consists
of:
i. Generating and analyzing reports;
ii. Report violations; and
iii. Monitoring compliance.

313
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. Just pick it up! From the box below, choose the term that
best fits the description/definition stated in each item.
Write your answer on the space provided before the
number.

Meeting Seminar Workshop

Incentives Conventions Conference
Exhibitions Clinic Assembly
Panel

1. Defined as the coming together of a group of

people with similar interests to accomplish
some predetermined goals or purposes.

2. A brief, intensive educational program for a

relatively small group of people in a given field
emphasizing participation in problem solving
efforts or situations.

3. An assembly of people for a common business

purpose and social interchange between
attendees.

4. Also known as “trade events,” and consist of a

series of exhibit booths in which people show
their wares, hoping to influence attendees
towards ordering or purchasing their wares.

5. A group of meeting devoted to analyzing

solutions of concrete problems, or to acquire
specific skills or knowledge in a particular field.

6. A company of persons gathered for deliberation

and legislation, worship or entertainment
314
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
7. A meeting where a group of experts with
diverse views on the same subject presents
ideas in turn, under the direction of a
moderator.

8. A formula of interchanging of views, and a

meeting to discuss matters of common
concern.

9. Are not meetings but many convention

organizers are also responsible for developing
and operating incentive programs.

10. Defined as the gathering of people with similar

interests for the purpose of giving and
discussing information.

C. Try to point out what is meant by MICE. Why is there a

need to take this? Work in pairs and perform a worthy
exchange of ideas. Afterwards, construct a report on your
activity and present it in class.

D. In an interview with any travel management company

representative, ask him/her on how bidding is done. Record
important details that you can get from him/her, and
present it significant data gathered during class discussion.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE

ACTIVITIES
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient

315
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 3 Describe the Intranets and
Outcome
Extranets in Travel Management
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to:

1. describe the corporate usage of intranets and

extranets; and
2. define cost-plus concept.

Intranets and Extranets in the World of Corporate Travel

An intranet connects a company’s computers to each other

internally, making information stored on each computer available to
authorized users within the company. Areas of an intranet that can
be accessed by outsiders – such as vendors and clients – are called
extranets.

Both the intranet and the extranet have become very popular
Internet applications.

Intranet
 It provide the last frontier in the dissemination of
corporate travel policies and procedures, and the
enforcement of rules, regulations and restrictions
pertaining to travel.
 Employees can share software, and send and receive text,
graphics, video and sound within the intranet.
 With the proper authorization, intranets can be accessed
from desktops and laptops in the workplace, at home, and
on the road.
 This application allows individual business travelers to
connect to up-to-date travel information sources using
their own desktop or laptop computers.
 Travel orders can be electronically transmitted via the
intranet to the travel department or via the internet to the
authorized/official travel management company and from
there via the internet airlines, hotels, car rental agencies
and the like.
 It also processes and issues automated travel documents
316
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
and, billings, and the generates corresponding reports for
the travel management company and the client
corporation.

317
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 This system reduces the need for human intervention in
the transaction.
 Unlike consumer-oriented Internet booking agents, such
as Expedia or Travelocity, corporate online systems permit
companies to enforce their travel policies, including using
preferred airlines or hotels which the company has
negotiated rates (E. Murer 2003).
 In short, intranet’s great advantages increase efficiency
and reduce costs. Because the intranet is a tool that
selectively facilitates communications between the
organization and the individual, the traditional role of the
intermediary is becoming increasingly difficult.

Extranets
 It can be accessed by outsiders such as vendors and clients.
 These applications are also available in the travel and
tourism industry, particularly in the area of tour
operations, and meeting and convention management.
 When sourcing information on rates and schedules of
transportation company, for example, a prospective
traveler is, in fact, visiting an extranet site that provides
the information sought, quickly, accurately, and reliably.

Cost-Plus Concept
 The concept of cost-plus is that all travel expenses are
treated as cost by the TMC. it may be direct cost, actual
cost of the vendors’ products and services, or indirect
costs not related to the vendor’s products and services.
i. Direct costs are negotiated, open and owned by the
vendor, when negotiated by the vendee with the
expertise and advice of the TMC.
ii. Indirect costs may be fixed, as those incurred with
salaries and wages, rent, utilities and the like, or
variables, those incurred on a need basis, such as
representation expense for government agencies and
expenses for extraordinary requirements.
iii. All costs are identified, analyzed, classified and
tagged according to a mutually agreed nomenclature.

318
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
iv. The plus is the professional fee due the TMC. It is a
pre- agreed amount that may be based on a
percentage of the costs, or a flat management fee per
transaction.
v. It enables the vendor to analyze the total expenses of
the organization and to determine ways to cut,
control or to maximize it. Other benefits are:
1. It manages the travel spent;
2. All costs are open and transparent, eliminating
doubts and afterthoughts, resulting in peace of
mind; and
3. It is self-generated or it has linkages to TMC.

Evaluation and selection of corporate bids

 Normally, the selection of a qualified candidate TMC will
depend on the demonstrated experience, resources, and
financial stability to serve the travel-related needs of the
corporation.
 Selection criteria, not necessarily in order of priority,
include, but are not limited to:
i. a clear, concise and comprehensive written proposal
addressing all aspects of corporate client’s terms of
reference;
ii. the experience, relevant qualification and
commitment of the management team to consistently
provide high quality;
iii. the ability to manage a company-wide travel program
and provide reports on air, hotel, car rental, and
ground transportation;
iv. data management capabilities utilized to produce
consolidated management information reports in a
timely fashion that track travel patterns of company
employees and identify new opportunities;
v. creativity and innovation in the design of a travel
program that is goal-oriented and a motivation for all
concerned;
vi. proactive and responsive management structure and
organization;
vii. the successful experience in the implementation of

319
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
the corporate travel program and demonstrated
capability to implement all services without
interruptions, including staffing up for large turnover
and availability of pockets of reservations teams,
whenever necessary;

320
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
viii. in place systems for identifying discount
opportunities, and saving programs and international
faring capabilities while maintaining consistency with
the company’s travel policies and airline market share
commitments;
ix. the competitiveness of professional fee and
commitment toward ongoing cost optimization; and
x. the technology tools, capabilities, and advice brought
in to deliver the daily travel operations, and to
structure innovative, effective technology solutions to
optimize the travel program performance.

Review of Learning Outcome 3

A. Keep on the Attachment! Complete the learning

organizer by attaching bits of information to the main idea as
indicated.

321
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
B. Create a Venn diagram and point out the similarities and
differences of Intranets and Extranets. Share to the class,
and check if your answers are similar with your classmates’
through a question-and-response technique. If possibilities
of a worthy reaction arise, record the salient features of
your classmate’s work, then improve your work.

C. Create a poem or any other literary work about cost-plus

concept. Let your classmate receive something that piques
their interest.

OVERALL EVALUATION
Directions: Level
Achieve PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Ask the d
teacher to 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision,
assess your and with initiative and adaptability to
performance problem situations.
in the 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
following assistance or supervision.
critical task 4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but
and requires
You will be 1 - some assistance
Can perform and/or
parts supervision.
of this skill satisfactorily,
rated based but requires considerable assistance and/or
on the overall supervision.
evaluation on
the right side.
The instructor will indicate his initial on the level
achieved.

ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITY
SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper.

1. Why are corporations moving towards in-house

travel management?
2. How is corporate travel a cost-saver in the corporate world?
3. Why is MICE a component of corporate travel management?
4. What are the six (6) phases of corporate travel management?
322
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
5. Differentiate intranet from extranet.

323
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LET’S DO IT!

Case Study

Based on the client corporation assigned to your class group,

prepare the following:

1. External – as a travel management company bidding

for a corporate account:

a. a written corporate bid or proposal

b. a power point sales presentation

2. Internal – as an in-house travel department:

a. a travel management plan and budget

b. a travel management plan power point presentation

Let’s See How Much You Learned

Post Test 3
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE. Read the statement carefully and choose the
letter that best describes the statement. Write your answer in your
quiz notebook.

1. Which of the following is NOT an aim of counter-counseling?

a. concludes counter sales, which are transactions
captured by the travel counselors or counter staff
b. provides information, and recommends suitable
and attractive products
c. suggests itineraries and insures proper travel documentation
d. selects direct, non-stop flights from one point to
another, until final destination
324
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

2. It is a complete record of all the requirements of the

passenger, and provides a history of actions taken,
confirmation, option dates, and relevant information.
a. Booking Card
b. Itinerary Card
c. Passport
d. None of the Above

3. It is the process by which cities to be visited are arranged

in the desired sequence to conform with the passenger’s
desired travel plans, starting from the point of origin to the
destinations to be visited in the desired sequence.
a. Counter-Counseling
b. Flight Itinerary Planning
c. Arrival-departure Planning
d. Crisscrossing

4. What does GMT stands for?

a. Gold Mean Time
b. Greenwhich Mean Time
c. Gross Mean Time
d. Go Mean Time

5. This is the flight schedule requested by the client’s itinerary.

a. Flight Itinerary
b. Estimated Time of Arrival
c. Estimated Time of Departure
d. Passenger’s Number Record

6. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation

before the advent of e-commerce and the internet?
a. Manual Reservation
b. Electronic Reservation
c. Automated Reservation
d. None of the Above

325
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
7. It is through the supplier’s email address and interactive
website that accepts reservations, and provides
confirmations.
a. Manual Reservation
b. Electronic Reservation
c. Automated Reservation
d. a, b and c

8. What is the method that provides the availability of a

service first, allowing the client to make a choice?
a. Automated Reservation
b. Electronic Reservation
c. Manual Reservation
d. Direct Reservation

9. Provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines and

available information for flights that have seat available for
sale on more than 460 airlines.
a. Amadeus Automated Reservation System
b. Amadeus Direct Reservation System
c. Amadeus Electronic Reservation System
d. Amadeus Manual Reservation System

10. The name of a flight that operates between two cities

and does not make any stops.
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
c. Connecting Flight
d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

11. The name of a flight that operates between two cities

and makes a change online or interline in one or more
cities en route.
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
c. Connecting Flight
d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

326
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
12. Referred to as an online flight that operates between
two cities with a change of aircraft at an international city.
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
c. Connecting Flight
d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight

13. It contains flights that submit

schedule dates to Amadeus irrespective of
the availability of status of their flights.
a. Schedule Display
b. Time-Table Display
c. Flight Information
d. Airtime Access Levels

14. It contains flights of all airlines between a specific city

pair for a one-week period.
a. Schedule Display
b. Time-Table Display
c. Flight Information
d. Airtime Access Levels

15. The meaning of PNR

a. Passenger Name Record
b. Pre Name Record
c. Post Name Record
d. Parliamentary Name Record

16. This refers to those who own or are owners-managers

of their respective business enterprises, who travel for
various reasons.
a. Mariners
b. Corporate Executives
c. Businesspersons
d. Land-based overseas workers

17. The name of those travelers who represent the

company in events overseas, or to attend corporate affairs
in a multinational setting.
a. Mariners

327
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
b. Corporate Executives
c. Businesspersons
d. Land-based overseas workers

328
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

18. It is defined as the coming together of a group of people

with similar interests to accomplish some predetermined
goals or purposes
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives

19. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency

to incite to determination or action.
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives

20. It refers to an assembly of people for a common

business purpose and social interchange between
attendees.
a. Convention
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars

21. It refers to “trade events,” and consists of a series of exhibit

booths.
a. Convention
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars

22. This is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing

solutions of concrete problems, or to acquire specific skills
or knowledge in a particular field
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

329
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
23. This is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation,
or study of instructions under a director
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

24. It refers to a company of persons gathered for

deliberation and legislation, worship or entertainment
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

25. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to

study the same subjects.
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel

26. It refers to a meeting where a group of experts with

diverse views on the same subject present ideas in turn,
under the direction of a moderator.
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel

27. It means that any direct or indirect issue or policy

conflict must be revealed, including any joint venture that
is deemed as conflict of interest.
a. Confidentiality
b. Conflict of Interest
c. Illegal Information Brokering
d. Point of View

330
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

28. It pertains to the proposal of travel arrangement for the

event from the travel management company to the
corporation or an event management proposal from the
event planned to the event organizer, when these do not
have an in-house department to plan and manage the
travel management of the event.
a. Binding Process
b. Contract
c. Transaction
d. Illegal Information Brokering

29. It refers to any private meeting or secret assembly.

a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly

30. This involves managing the point of sale activities

(reservations, ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering)
and monitoring quantity assurance plus the appropriate
internal audit procedures to monitor compliance and
tracking non-compliance.
a. Implementing travel policies and procedures.
b. Managing Corporate travel operations.
c. Reporting and analyzing performance
d. Monitoring compliance
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
QUARTER
IV
Overview
Travel in its full delight is something that satisfies inner
feeling. It is experiencing happiness coupled with fulfillment while
taking an exploration – a sense, in which at some point, propels an
individual to realize his/her raison‘d’être, to quench human nature’s
thirst of being on top of the grounds trying to blend with people of
diverse ethnicities which would eventually jump- start a new sphere
of friendship. This is why travel is essential; it makes us recognize
the world as a warm, breathing tapestry of multicolored threads
that are beautifully woven together to form a whole; it molds one’s
personality, and consequently fortifies one’s identity.
Since the dawn of time, in the course of history, the
thaumaturgic birth of nature set forth a challenge to humanity – a
challenge to discover and develop creative ways in order to survive
in an arena of madcap. From this seemingly hopeless
commencement of civilization, millennia after, humans were able to
listen to countless voices of inner spirits, whispering, even
clamoring for change – TECHNOLOGY AROSE!
One response to this challenge is the development of
transportation – as product of an evolving technology. We started
with the term ‘bangka’, and thereafter, a motor boat, now we have
ships or large vessels gracefully floating on seas with luxurious
amenities. Or, from an origami airplane in which air is the sole
passenger, to a real, enormous airplane that could carry hundreds
of people, and bring them safe and sound to a certain destination in
just a blink of an eye - the astounding upshot of progress, of
technology.
In this quarter of the module, let us drift in the flow of
development and technology, with a purpose, that is, learning the
latest innovations in terms of travel management and other
products that contribute to society’s stride on a higher degree of
legacy.
Lesson 1 dwells on how the corporate travel management of
an organization works. Effective corporate travel management
facilitates the tracking and control of costs, monitors adherence to
corporate travel policies, realizes savings through negotiated
discounts or special rates, and serves as a source of information
center for managers and employees.
This lesson aims to describe and differentiate the various
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
accounting documents used in travel management and tour
operations, and their flow between the client/traveler, the
TMC/travel agency and the suppliers, and between the TMC/travel
agency, the tour operator and suppliers.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Metro Manila Escape

Manila is one of the liveliest capital cities on the planet, but

it is also a city of great diversity, where luxury, affluence and
tourist attractions are somewhat interspersed with squalor and
poverty. It is this diversity that makes Manila such a fascinating
tourist destination, and a city where things are rarely quiet and
attractions are plentiful.
Five-star hotels and restaurants, some of them housed in
historic buildings, make the perfect party place in the city. The
nightlife offers everything from dazzling cultural shows to
futuristic discotheques, lively casinos, sensational entertainment
lounges, and fashionable cafes. The popular districts of Malate
and Ermita showcase a wide array of restaurants, clubs, bars,
cafes, art and antique shops – truly, the ultimate cosmopolitan
paradise.
Manila is geographically advantaged. It is an hour or two
away from full-day excursions to Cavite and Corregidor Island,
Batangas, and Laguna, replete with exceptionally beautiful
beaches, stunning views, and local color. The city is over 17 hours
away by air from Los Angeles, less than five hours from Tokyo,
and seven and a half hours from Sydney.
Wherever you are, you are less than a day away from one
of Asia’s greatest cities – Manila.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Icon for
General General Objectives
Objective
s

This quarter has the following objectives:

1. describe the tour and travel products;

2. identify the maritime travel products;
3. determine the types of
lodging/accommodation establishments
in the Philippines;
4. discuss the group travel arrangements;
5. process travel and tour accounting documents; and
6. follow procedures for airline ticket payment
through the banking system.

Let’s See What You Know

Pretest - 4
A. MULTPLE CHOICE. For each item, read the sentence/s or
phrase/s carefully and write the letter of the correct answer on
your sheet of paper.

2. It refers to a flight class that features individual air-conditioned cabins.

e. Executive Sleeper Class
f. Family Sleeper Class
g. Deluxe Class
h. Economic Class

3. The cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches

on each side which can sit up to three people.
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

4. It features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on each

side, with one stacked on top of the other.
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

5. It features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side

of the cabin.
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

6. The other term for Line LRT-1.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line

7. The first metro system in Southeast Asia, built earlier

than the Singapore MRT by three years.
a. Manila LRT
b. Manila RRT
c. Manila LTR
d. Manila LRTA

8. The other term for Line MRT-2.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line

9. The other term for Line MRT-3.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

10. The meaning of AGT.

a. Automated Guideway Transit
b. Automatic Guideway Transit
c. Autorun Guideway Transit
d. Air Guideway Transit

11. The largest interisland shipping company in the

Philippines today, that operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour
packages.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises

12. Operates various packages, on board its own fleet

of interisland vessels, to eight (8) major tourist destinations
in country.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises

13. The first global cruise line with the youngest and most
exciting fleet of cruises ships in the world
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
14. It refers to sightseeing tours with other individual on a
first-come-first- accommodation basis, on scheduleed
departures.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
d. Sightseeing Tours
15. The half-day or full day tours to sights and sites of
interest in the destinations country.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
d. Sightseeing Tours
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

16. A retail business that sells travel products and services

to customers on behalf of suppliers.
a. Travel Agency
b. Retail Agency
c. Product Agency
d. Suppliers Agency

17. It refers to a special travel arrangement for pilgrims,

students and any other form of travel that does not fall under
the previous category.
a. Ad Hoc
b. Ad Coalium
c. Ad Initio
d. Prima Facie

18. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as

repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel
expenses, and loss of personal effects.
a. Health Insurance
b. Travel Insurance
c. Business Insurance
d. Death and Loss insurance

19. The card that provides health and accident security

overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the
necessary requirements a traveler may have.
a. Tour Card
b. Multipurpose Card
c. Assist Card
d. Departure Card

20. It covers a wide selection of products and services

available directly from principals or through travel
management companies.
a. Miscellaneous Travel-related Service
b. Miscellaneous Travel-unrelated Service
c. Miscellaneous Arrival-related Service
d. Miscellaneous Departure-related Service
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

21. The meaning of IATA.

a. International Air Transportation Association
b. Interrelated Air Transportation Association
c. Interrupted Air Transportation Association
d. Intermission Air Transportation Association

22. This covers all the transactions in the field.

a. Tour Voucher
b. Assist Card
c. Departure Clearance Card
d. Travel Guide Card

23. The document prepared by the reservations staff,

requesting space or services from suppliers.
a. Booking Order
b. Tour Order
c. Assist Order
d. Checking order

24. The meaning of BSP.

a. Board Settlement Plan
b. Billing Settlement Plan
c. Billing System Plan
d. Billing Systematic Plan

25. The meaning of ADM.

a. Agency Debris Memo
b. Agency Debit Memo
c. Agency Detour Memo
d. Agency Dire Memo

26. The meaning of MPD.

a. Multi-planning Documents
b. Multipurpose Documents
c. Multiple Planning and Purpose Documents
d. Multilingual Purpose Documents
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

27. It characterized as a Retailer because it normally

transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler.
a. TMC/ Travel Agency
b. TTMC/ Travel Agency
c. AITA/ Travel Agency
d. BSP/Travel Agency

28. The card that provides health and accident security

overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the
necessary requirements a traveler may have.
a. Assist Cards
b. Health Cards
c. Traveler Card
d. Doctor- patient Card

29. It deals with the medical assistance – expense

reimbursements and insurance benefits.
a. Health Insurance
b. Fire insurance
c. Expense Insurance
d. Travel insurance

30. Publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a

comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide
a. Resort and Travel Index
b. Hotel and Travel Index
c. Reed Travel Index
d. Comprehensive Hotels and Reed Travel Index

31. It brings unique style to the sea with its ships Disney
Magic and Disney Wonder
a. Super Disney Ferry
b. Land Cruise
c. Disney Cruise Line
d. Princess Cruise
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LESSON 1 TOUR AND TRAVEL PRODUCTS

Icon for
Learning
Outcome Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Tour and Travel Products

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:

4. explain why travel agents in the Philippines have

products and services other than the sale of air
passage and the processing of travel documents;
and
5. describe tour and travel products.

Travel within the country can be affected by surface

transformation such as motor or by railroad such as motor coach or
by railroad. A summary of the services available on these train are
explained below. (Claravall 2008)

1. TRANSPORTATION SERVICES

1. Philippine National Railways (PNR)

 It currently operates two overnight intercity services: the
Bicol Express between Manila and Naga, Camarines Sur which
resumed on June 29, 2011 after a five-year absence,
and the Mayon Limited between Manila and Ligao in Albay.
 Additional services are expected in the future as the
rehabilitation of the PNR network progresses.
 Train service is comparable to (or slower than, due to delays)
buses in terms of speed, but is more comfortable owing to the
use of donated Japanese coaches for the service.
 The Bicol Express and Mayon Limited are not non-stop
services: from Tutuban, Manila's main train station, the train
calls at several points in Metro Manila, Laguna, Quezon and
Camarines Sur before arriving in Naga (and Albay before arriving
in Ligao for the Mayon Limited).
 It is possible to travel between any two points served by the
services, and fares are distance-based. Children under three
feet may travel for free.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

There are currently four classes of service on the Bicol Express:

 Executive sleeper class

Features individual air-conditioned cabins.
Each cabin has a bed, pull-down armrests so that a
portion of the bed can be used as a chair, and a
small table.
Washrooms are available inside the coach.
 Family sleeper class
Features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds
on each side, with one stacked on top of the other.
Access to the top bunk is via a foldable ladder
between both sides of the cabin, and cabins are
separated from the aisle with a curtain.
The PNR promotes this class for the use of families
traveling together, although it is possible to book an
individual bed.
 Reclining air-conditioned economy class (or deluxe class)
Features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on
each side of the cabin.
On some coaches, it is possible to rotate the chairs so that
passengers may face each other.
 Economy class (or ordinary class)
It is the cheapest class of service, featuring
upholstered benches on each side which can sit up
to three people.
Ventilation is provided via overhead ceiling fans.
 On the Mayon Limited, only reclining air-conditioned
economy class ("deluxe") and regular economy class are
offered. However, unlike the Bicol Express, the Mayon
Limited provides services using two different trains: the
"deluxe" service operates on Mondays, Wednesdays and
Fridays, while the "economy" service operates on Tuesdays,
Thursdays and Sundays.
 Passengers on PNR intercity services are entitled to a free
baggage allowance of 20 kilograms.
 It is possible to pre-book seats on intercity trains by calling
the PNR at +63 (2) 319-0044. Pre-booking seats is
recommended during peak travel seasons (especially during
Holy Week and in September, during the Peñafrancia Festival in
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Naga), where trains can be full.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

 However, the PNR does send a second, all-economy

supplementary overnight train on certain days during peak
seasons if traffic demand warrants it.
 Timetables and fares for all services, including
supplementary services, are announced on the PNR's
website and also on its official Facebook profile.
 The PNR also operates the Commuter Express in Metro
Manila, a once-daily commuter service between Manila and,
Laguna (which is also part of the Commuter Express, but uses
different trains), and the Bicol Commuter between Naga and
the towns in Camarines Sur and Albay.
2. Light Rail Transit Automated System
 The Manila LRTA System is the main metropolitan rail
system serving the Metro Manila area of the Philippines.
 There are two lines to the LRT: LRT-1, called the Yellow Line
and MRT-2, called the Purple Line.
 Although the system is referred to as a “Light Rail” system,
arguably because the network is mostly elevated, the
system is more akin to a rapid transit (metro) system in
European-North American terms.
 The Manila LRT is the first metro system in Southeast Asia,
built earlier than the Singapore MRT by three years.
 Quick and inexpensive to ride, the LRT serves 605,000
passengers each day.
 Every day, around 430,000 passengers board the Yellow
Line, and 175,000 ride the Purple Line.
 Its 31 stations along over 31 kilometers (19 mi) of mostly
elevated track form two lines. LRT Line 1, also called the
Yellow Line, opened in 1984 and travels a north–south
route.
 All of the stations of the LRT are elevated, except for the
Katipunan Station (which is underground).
 It follows one of two different layouts. Most Yellow Line
stations are composed of only one level, accessible from
the street below by stairway, containing the station's
concourse and platform areas separated by fare gates.
 Many passengers who ride the LRT also take various forms
of road- based public transport, such as buses, to and from
an LRT station to reach their intended destination.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

 A reusable plastic magnetic ticketing system has replaced

the previous token-based system, and the Flash Pass was
introduced as a step towards a more integrated
transportation system.
3. Manila Metro Rail Transit Corporation System
 The MRTC System has a single line, MRT-3 or the Blue Line.
Although it has characteristics of a light rail, such as the
type of rolling stock used, it is more akin to a rapid transit
system.
 It is not related to the Manila Light Rail Transit System. It is
a separate but linked system.
 One of its original purposes was to decongest Epifanio de
los Santos Avenue (EDSA), one of Metro Manila's main
thoroughfares and home to the MRT. Many commuters who
ride the MRT also take road-based public transport, such as
buses, to reach the intended destination from an MRT
station.
 MRT has been only partially successful in decongesting
EDSA, and congestion is further aggravated by the rising
number of motor vehicles.
 The expansion of the system to cover the entire stretch of
EDSA is expected to contribute to current attempts to
decongest the thoroughfare and to cut travel times.
 The single line serves 13 stations on 16.95 kilometers (10.5
mi) of line.
 It is mostly elevated, with some sections at grade or
underground. The line commences at North Avenue and
ends at Taft Avenue (Taft on the map), serving the cities
that EDSA passes through: Quezon City, Mandaluyong,
Makati and Pasay.
 By 2004 MRT-3 had the highest ridership of the three lines,
with 400,000 passengers daily.
4. Automated Guideway Transit System
 The AGD system in UP Diliman will be the first of its kind to
be built in the Philippines.
 Plans for the system were revealed as early as December of 2010.
 The groundbreaking ceremony was held on July 18, 2011.
 It is still currently under construction and it will be
developed within the campus of the UP Diliman in Quezon
City.
 It will serve as test track for the first mass transit system to
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
be built and developed in the country by local engineers.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

5. Road networks
 In addition to the existing network of national and local
roads, the Philippines has two additional road networks: an
expressway network and the Strong Republic Nautical
Highway (SRNH) system.
 Luzon has an expressway network dominated by the North
Luzon Expressway (NLEX) and South Luzon Expressway
(SLEX).
 These are tollways with good paved roads, are privately-
maintained, and the farthest tolls will not cost more than a
few pesos dollars from Metro Manila. Other expressways
include the Subic-Clark-Tarlac Expressway (a 94-kilometer 4-
lane freeway connecting Subic Bay and Tarlac) and the Bataan
Provincial Expressway.
 Expressways are connected to the network of national
highways and provincial roads which connect to major cities
and provinces.
 The Strong Republic Nautical Highway (SRNH) system is a
three- route network of national and provincial roads,
bridges and roll- on/roll-off (RO/RO) ferries which facilitate
the connection of major islands of the Philippines together
by road, bringing down the cost of driving (and, ultimately,
lowering the cost of shipping goods between islands).
 The SRNH system begins in Luzon and runs in a north-south
direction through the Visayas, and ultimately ends in
Mindanao.
 The SRNH is useful for driving to tourist destinations outside
Manila: for example, it is possible to drive to both Puerto
Galera and Boracay from Manila via the Western Nautical
Highway.
 SRNH routes are signposted and a map of the network and
RO/RO schedules are available from the Department of
Tourism.
6. Car Rentals
 Car rental may be chauffer driven or self-driven or self-drives.
 Most travel agencies are able to book a selection of
vehicle types anywhere in the world.
 Major car rental companies have offices in all major
cities of the country, with pickup and drop off facilities.
 As a rule, a valid driver’s license is required.
 This can be obtained at the Philippine Motorists
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Association for a fee.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

2. HOTEL ACCOMMODATION SERVICES (HAS)

Make yourself at home. HAS offers a variety of hotel
accommodation services, room accommodation services,
hotel accommodation facilities, room accommodation
facilities, budget hotel accommodation, hotel room
accommodation, etc.

Hotel facilities may include:

1. Multi Cuisine Restaurant. It may serve vivid finger licking
cuisine ranging from Indian, Mughlai, Chinese and
Continental and lots more.
2. Cyber Café. It offers cyber cafe services that are
available round the clock for the easy access of
Internet.
3. Banquet Hall. Banquet hall is an ideal place for both
small and large gatherings, be it conferences, seminars,
parties, private dinner, birthdays, etc. Spacious in size,
the hall is aesthetically designed and has a perfect
ambiance.
4. Medical Support. To meet any emergency, it has a panel
of specialists and doctors, who are available on call
24/7.
5. Terrace Garden Restaurant. Terrace Garden Restaurant is a
perfect mix of fun and food. Experience the open
Terrace Garden Restaurant that offers delicacies
ranging from gourmet to casual delights.
6. Travel Desk. Travel desk offers a plethora of services
related to tours and travels. It includes ticketing
services, cabs and luxury coaches, air tickets, hotel
bookings at other destinations etc. Quick information
and prompt assistance is provided to plan your itinerary
within and outside the city as well.
7. Business Aid. If you are planning a business meeting or
conference with a professional touch, this is what
you’ve been looking for. It may be well equipped with all
the facilities including a PA system, projectors,
document replication, etc.
8. Rooms. Experience the luxury with the highest level of
comfort that gives guests a complete home-like feeling.
Room facilities ma include:
 Fully air-conditioned rooms
 Round the clock service
 Uninterrupted power supply
 24 hours running hot and cold water
 Multi-channel cable television
 Telephone with international dialing
 Refrigerator in each room
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
 Laundry service
 Safe deposit lockers
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

9. Regal Suites. Offering the exuberance and lavishness of

regal suite combined with utmost comfort and artistic
interiors.

3. SIGHTSEEING SERVICES
The Philippines offers an impressive selection of
sightseeing attractions. Tourists typically cling to the beaches,
where white sands and plenty of sunshine frame the day’s
activities. However, there is equally more culture to
encounter, with colonial architecture in most major cities and
outlying hill tribes highlighting the interiors of some islands.
Some of the sightseeing services are as follows:
1. Beaches and resorts
2. Islands
3. Theme parks
4. Malls
5. Historical places
6. World renowned places
7. Churches
8. Museums
9. Festivals and events
10. Food and Drink

4. CRUISE
A cruise ship or cruise liner is a passenger ship used
for pleasure voyages, where the voyage itself and the ship's
amenities are a part of the experience, as well as the different
destinations along the way. Transportation is not the prime
purpose, as cruise ships operate mostly on routes that return
passengers to their originating port, so the ports of call are
usually in a specified region of a continent. There are even
"cruises to nowhere" or "nowhere voyages" where the ship
makes 2-3 day round trips without any ports of call.

On-board facilities. Most modern cruise ships feature the

following facilities:
1. Casino — Only open when the ship is at sea to avoid
conflict with local laws
2. Spa
3. Fitness center
4. Shops — Only open when ship is at sea to avoid
merchandising licensing and local taxes
5. Library
6. Theater with Broadway style shows
7. Cinema
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

8. Indoor and/or outdoor swimming pool with water slides

9. Hot tub
10. Buffet restaurant
11. Lounges
12. Gym
13. Clubs
14. Basketball courts
15. Pool tables
16. Ping pong tables (table tennis)

Some ships have bowling alleys, ice skating rinks, rock

climbing walls, miniature golf courses, video arcades, ziplines,
surfing simulators, basketball courts, tennis courts, chain
restaurants and/or ropes obstacle courses.

5. RESTAURANT AND OTHER ENTERTAINMENT

ESTABLISHMENTS

5.1 A restaurant is a business which prepares and serves food

and drink to customers in return for money, either paid
before the meal, after the meal, or with an open account.
Meals are generally served and eaten on the premises,
but many restaurants also offer take-out and food delivery
services. Restaurants vary greatly in appearance and
offerings, including a wide variety of the main chef's
cuisines and service models.

Types
Restaurants may be classified or distinguished in many
different ways. The primary factors are usually the food
itself (e.g. vegetarian, seafood, steak); the cuisine (e.g. Italian,
Chinese, Japanese, Indian, French, Mexican, Thai) and/or the
style of offering (e.g. tapas bar, asushi train, a
tastet restaurant, a buffet restaurant or a yum cha
restaurant). Beyond this, restaurants may differentiate
themselves on factors including speed (see fastfood),
formality, location, cost, service, or novelty themes (such
as automated restaurants).
Restaurants range from inexpensive and
informal lunching or dining places catering to people
working nearby, with simple food served in simple settings
at low prices, to expensive establishments serving refined
food and fine wines in a formal setting. In the former case,
customers usually wear casual clothing. In the latter case,
depending on culture and local traditions, customers
might wear semi-casual, semi-
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

formal or formal wear. Typically, customers sit at tables,

their orders are taken by a waiter, who brings the food
when it is ready. After eating, the customers, then pay the
bill.

For some time, the traveling public has been catered

to with ship's messes and railway restaurant cars which
are, in effect, traveling restaurants. (Many railways, the world
over, also cater to the needs of travelers by providing Railway
Refreshment Rooms [a form of restaurant] at railway stations.) In
recent times, there has been a trend to create a number
of traveling restaurants, specifically designed for tourists.
These can be found on such diverse places as trams,
boats, buses, etc.

5.2Bar (establishment)
Bars provide stools or chairs that are placed at
tables or counters for their patrons. Some bars have
entertainment on a stage, such as a live band,
comedians, go-go dancers, or strippers. Bars which offer
entertainment or live music are often referred to as music
bars or nightclubs.
Types of bars range from dive bars to elegant places
of entertainment for the elite.
Many bars have a “happy hour” to encourage off-
peak patronage. Bars that fill to capacity sometimes
implement a cover charge or a minimum purchase
requirement during their peak hours. Such bars often
feature entertainment, which may be a live band or a disc
jockey (DJ) playing recorded music.
The term "bar" is derived from the specialized
counter on which drinks are served. Patrons may sit or
stand at the bar and be served by the bartender, or they
may sit at tables and be served by cocktail servers. The
"back bar" is a set of shelves of glasses and bottles behind
the counter. In some establishments, the back bar is
elaborately decorated with woodwork, etched glass,
mirrors, and lights.

Entertainment
Bars categorized by the kind of entertainment they offer:
1. Blues bars specializes in live blues style of music.
2. Comedy bars specializes in stand-up comedy
entertainment.
3. Dance bars - which have a dance floor where
patrons dance to recorded music. But if a dance bar
has a large dance floor and hires well-known
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
professional DJs, it is considered to be a nightclub or
discothèque.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

4. Karaoke bars - have nightly karaoke as entertainment.

5. Music bars - specializes in live music (i.e. concerts).
6. Drag bars - have live show, where men dress as
women and generally lip-sync to recordings of
female vocal artists; often with hilarious results.
7. Salsa bars - patrons dance to Latin salsa music.
8. Sports bars - sports fans watch games on large-
screen televisions.
9. Topless bars - topless female employees dance or
serve drinks.

Patrons
Bars categorized by the kind of patrons who frequent them:
1. Biker bars - which are bars frequented by
motorcycle enthusiasts and (in some regions)
motorcycle club members
2. College bars - usually located in or near
universities, where most of the patrons are
students.
3. Neighborhood bars - a bar that most of the patrons
know each other; it is generally close to home and
is frequented regularly
4. Cop bars - where off-duty law enforcement agents gather
5. Gay bars - where gay men or women dance and socialize
6. Mixed gay/straight bars
7. Singles-bars where (mostly) unmarried people of
both sexes can meet and socialize
8. Women's bars

Review of Learning Outcome 1

A. IDENTIFICATION. On the space provided before the item number,

write ESC if the description pertains to Executive Sleeper Class, FSC if
Family Sleeper Class, DC if Deluxe Class and EC if Economy Class.
1. Ventilation is provided via the overhead ceiling fans
2. On some coaches, it is possible to rotate the chairs so
that the passengers can face each other.
3. The PNR promotes this class for the use of families
traveling together, although it is possible to book an
individual bed.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

4. Washrooms are available inside the coach.

5. Each cabin has a bed, pull-down armrests so that a
portion of the bed can be used as a chair, and a small
table.
6. Access to the top bunk is via a foldable ladder between
both sides of the cabin, and cabins are separated from
the aisle with a curtain.
7. It is the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered
benches on each side which can sit up to three people
8. It features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each
side of the cabin.
9. It features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on
each side, with one stacked on top of the other.
10. It features individual air-conditioned cabins.

B. ESSAY. Select any of the 3 topics below and make a

composition: 10 (points)
1. Make an analysis on the existence of a wide array of
systems in Motor Coach and Rail Road Travel. Be able to
justify by supporting your stand with concrete ideas.
2. Discuss the current development of tourism industry from
the government point of view.
3. How can we effectively develop the tourism industry?

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

ENHANCEMENT
ACTIVITY
RESEARCH TIME

A. Research on:
1. The different classes of railway service in other countries.
Record and present the result of your activity during class
discussion.

2. The symbols being used in these classes of railway

service (if available).

B. Clip Newspaper/magazine articles or pictures of Motor Coach or

Rail Road Travel. Then, reflect on by featuring its highlights or point
of difference.

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Identify the Maritime Travel Products
Outcome

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:

1. describe the other products and services of the

TMCs/travel agents; and

2. identify the various products of international

cruise companies and maritime products offered
by the domestic shipping lines in the Philippines.

The cruise products available in the Philippines today are

divided into Domestic and International. Let’s get into details about
these maritime products:
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

A. Domestic

The only domestic cruises which are truly in consonance with

the definition of a sea voyage for leisure are the M/B Lagoon
Explorer of Cruise and Hotel Center, a twin-hulled wooden
catamaran, with 10 cabins; and the M/V Coco Explorer. The former
sails from Coco, Busuanga, on a 4-day / 3- night island hopping
cruises of the Calamian group of island in northern Palawan; while
the latter sails from Mindoro to the same area of operation during
certain times of the year. The cruise fares vary in the region per
person, share-cabin basis.

The cruise products available in the Philippines are the

following according to Claravall, 2008:

1. Super Ferry
 The largest interisland shipping company in the
Philippines today which operates the “Sail Away”
inclusive tour packages, which. Strictly speaking, are
not cruises per se, since the transportation component
is provided by the company’s fleet of super ferries.
 These are large, steel-hull vessels with passenger
carrying capacities in the thousands, which cater
primarily to commuters and freight.
 The packaged tours visit twelve of the major tourist
destinations in the company’s route network.
 Super ferry also operates the
i. Apex Apprenticeship - a “Vessel for Learning Program”, a
school-on-board learning program exclusively
designed for HRM, travel and tourism students and
trainees. The program combines onboard learning
activities – immersion, hands-on and lecture
presentations – with sightseeing and other ashore
activities.
ii. The MarEx Maritime Experience is a similar program
that combines on-board learning activities – deck
and engine immersion, hands-on exercises and
lecture-presentations designed for Maritime
cadets.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

2. Negros Navigation Company (NENACO)

 It operates various packages on board its own fleet of
interisland vessels to eight (8) major tourist destinations
in- country.
 These products aim to attract the both student and
domestic markets.

3. Sun Cruises
 A tourism company of Magsaysay Lines, it operates
regular shuttle service on board a 120-seater Island
Cruiser fast ferries, to the island of Corregidor, 26
nautical miles south west of Manila.
 This service is the transportation component of a full-
day Corregidor Excursion, which also includes a two-
hour guided, sightseeing tour of the war memorial and
lunch at the Corregidor Inn.

In addition to the foregoing cruises, there are also dive

cruises to the best known dive sites in the country, such a Bastera,
Apo and Tubattaha reefs in the Sulu Sea.

A. International

On the international scene, most of the major international

cruise line companies have representative offices or agents in the
Philippines. The most popular cruise areas in the world these days
are the Mediterranean, the Caribbean, the US west coast, Alaska,
and, of late, the South China Sea.

1. Star Cruises
 It is the first global cruise line with the youngest and
most exciting fleet of cruise ships in the world. All
vessels abound with ward and friendly oriental service
with true Asian hospitality.
 It is the third largest cruise line in the world and “the
leading cruise Line in Asia-Pacific.
 Cruise package fare starts at US$170 per person, for a
4-day/3- night cruise, on share cabin basis.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

2. Carnival Cruises
 This ships sails to more than 20 destinations namely:
Alaska, Glacier Bay, Northbound Alaska, Southbound
Alaska, Bahamas, Canada/new England, Caribbean,
Easter, Western and Southern Caribbean, Europe,
Hawaii, Mexico, Baja Mexico, Mexican Riviera, Panama
Canal, Special Voyages, Bermuda, Cruise to Nowhere
Transatlantic.
 A cruise package fare starts at US$560 per person, on a
share- cabin basis.
3. Crystal Cruises
 It operates a 14-day cruise to South America, including
Barbados, Rio de Janeiro and Buenos Aires, and a 11-
day Pacific cruises from Acapulco, Los Angeles, San
Francisco, and Vancouver, among others.
 A cruise fare starts at US$2,190 per person, on a share-
cabin basis and include all normal shipboard service and
facilities plus all non-alcoholic beverages.
 The cruise fare does not include port, security and
handling charges, fuel surcharges, airfare, transfers,
shore excursion, sightseeing or meal ashore, taxes,
gratuities, liquor, wines, laundry or valet services,
telephone, internet and email communications, or any
items or services of a personal nature such as massage,
spa services and hairstyling.

4. Royal Caribbean International

 Operates cruises in the Pacific Northwest, Mexico and
Hawaii in addition to the cruises in Alaska, Bermuda, the
Caribbean and Europe.
 The world’s second-largest cruise line, this cruise is
originally known as the Royal Caribbean Cruise Lines
which begun in the 1960’s as a consortium of
Norwegian ship owners who wanted to get in on the
rapidly expanding American market.
 This is the very first megaship of the modern era.
 The most sensational feature – aside from sheer size –
was the introduction of the first modern shipboard
atrium, complete with glass elevators and grand piano,
reminiscent of an opulent hotel – but, with a view no
hotel could match.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

5. Norwegian Cruise Lines

 It sets sail to over 140 ports of call on four continents
from the northern Europe ports of Amsterdam,
Copenhagen, Oslo and St. Petersburg to the Caribbean,
Alaska, Europe and South America, and Bermuda and
Hawaii.
 A cruise package fare starts at US$1,239 per person, on
a share-cabin basis.
 It has over 60 itineraries to choose from. There’s a big
difference between Norwegian Cruise Lines and other
cruise lines, and this is the Freestyle Cruising for
travelers who want to go on their own way.
 Norwegian Cruise Lines offer superb service and an
abundance of exciting activities and entertainment on
all their ships.
6. Princess Cruise (PC)
 A fleet of luxury cruise liners of Princess Cruises offer
activities galore, and dinner and dancing delights in the
cruise programs to various cities in Europe, places in
the Caribbean and Alaska, Africa and China Cruise-tour,
Asia, the Pacific, the south Pacific and Hawaii.
 It offers a wide range of choices.
 All rates depend on the length of the cruise, passenger-
type (discounts for senior citizen and student available),
type of onboard accommodation.
 Inclusions are: cruise, meals, entertainment and all port
taxes and charges.
 PCs are available in the Philippines through Cruise Ship
Travel, Rajah Travel and Trades Travel Corporation.
7. Disney Cruise Line
 It brings its unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic
and Disney Wonder.
 Disney cruises are family-oriented, but both ships offer
intimate lounges and elegant dining for adults.
 It has an extensive children’s program with age-
specific activities from 9 am to midnight.
 Ages 3 to late teens can dance with Snow White, go
on a search to find Nemo or relax in a teen-only area.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

 On Disney cruises, parents receive pagers when they

drop kids off at children’s facilities, so families are
always in touch.
 Rates range from US$540 to US$1,240. Disney Cruise
Line tickets are available also at Disney land ticket
outlets and in its entire sales outlet all over the world.

All of the above cruise prices do not include the return airfare
to the place of embarkation/disembarkation, and prices depend on
the type of cabin booked and its location.

As a rule of thumb, all cruise rates are inclusive of meals (main

meals, and in-between snacks) and do not include drinks, shore
excursion and expenses of a personal nature, such as laundry and
photos.

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. MODIFIED TRUE OR FALSE. Write TR if the statement is correct;

otherwise, change the underlined term to make the statement
correct. Write the answer on your quiz notebook.

1. NENACO is the largest interisland shipping company

in the Philippines today which operates the “Sail
Away” inclusive tour packages.
2. Apex Apprentice Ship is a “Vessel for Learning Program” –
a school-on-board learning program exclusively
designed for HRM, travel and tourism students and
trainees.
3. MarEx Maritime Experience is a similar program that
combines on-board learning activities – deck and
engine immersion, hands-on exercises and lecture-
presentations designed for Maritime cadets.
4. Super Ferry operates various packages on board its
own fleet of interisland vessels to eight (8) major
tourist destinations in the country.
5. Sun Cruises is a tourism company of Magsaysay
Lines, which operates a regular shuttle service.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

6. Star Cruises is the first global cruise line with the

youngest and most exciting fleet of cruise ships in the
world.
7. Carnival Cruise operates 14-day cruises to South
America and 11-day Pacific cruises from Acapulco, Los
Angeles, San Francisco, and Vancouver, among
others.
8. Crystal Cruise fares start at US$3,190 per person on a
shared-cabin basis.
9. Norwegian Cruise Lines set sails to over 140 ports of
call on four continents.
10. Disney Cruise Line brings its unique style to the sea
with its ships Disney Magic and Disney Wonder.

ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITY

RESEARCH TIME

A. Research on the new tour packages or programs of the

different travel agencies under the domestic and
international scene.
B. Collect pictures of those ships of the different travel
agency under the domestic and international scene, and
make a collage promoting maritime products.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE OUTPUT

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 3
Outcome
Determine the Types of Lodging/ Accommodation
Establishments in the Philippines
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:

1. describe the accommodation and lodging

establishments in the Philippines and be able to
cite some examples each; and
2. identify the offers of these establishments.

Resorts and hotels are accommodation establishments with a

leisure component. It offers a wide variety of entertainment that
will suit the needs of your clients. It features virtually what you
want in a hotel and resort. Other amenities include alternative
restaurants, an indoor promenade with parades and more, and
an array of bars and lounges catering to every taste.

A. City Hotels
 Having reach a destination, a traveler will, invariably need a
place to rest.
 The TMC/travel agency is able to provide reservation services
to its clients.
 Clients however may opt to book direct with the property or
via a travel portal, although these are normally at premium
rates.
 The alternative is making reservations through Outbound Tour
Operators –in country or through long-distance, fax
messages, or e- mail to Inbound Tour Operations in the
destination country.
 The Hotel & Travel Index, a publication of the Reed Travel group,
offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide. Five major
hotel chains and their respective company headquarters are
listed below:
i. Holiday Inn Worldwide, Atlanta GA, USA
ii. Nikko Hotels International, Tokyo, Japan
iii. Hyatt Hotels Corporations, Chicago, IL, USA
iv. Sheraton Hotel & Resorts, New York, USA
v. Shangri-La Hotel and Resort, Hong Kong, China
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

B. Resorts
 Beach-side, river-side, lake-side, mountain-side and the
like are normally situated here.
 The TMC/travel agent is able to provide reservation
service to its clients at contracted rates, or through the
hotel representative office in the country of residence.
 Like hotel reservations, the alternative is making web-
based reservations directly or via a travel portal, or
through Outbound Tour Operators in-country, or through
long-distance, fax messages, or e-mail to Inbound Tour
Operators in the Destination country.
 The Hotel & Travel Index, a publication of the Reed Travel
group, offers a comprehensive listing of hotels
worldwide. Five major hotel chains and their respective
company headquarters are listed below:
i. Shangri-La Hotel and Resorts, Hong Kong, China
ii. Banyan Tree Hotels and Resorts, Singapore
iii. Four Seasons Hotel and Resorts, Canada
iv. Ten Knots, Philippines
v. Le Meridien, New York

C. Other Lodging Facilities

 There are a host of other lodging establishments where
the TMC/travel agent is able to provide services to its
clients.
 The alternative is making website reservations direct or
via a travel portal, or through Outbound Tour Operators
in-country, or through long-distance, fax messages, or
e-mail to Inbound Tour Operators in the destination
country.

D. Sightseeing Packages
 These can be purchased either on a seat-in-coach or
private tour basis.
i. Seat-in-coach refers to sightseeing tours with other
individuals on a first-come-first-accommodation
basis, on scheduled departures; while
ii. Private tours are operated exclusively for certain
individuals.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

 Sightseeing tours are half-day or full day tours to sights

and sites of interest in the destination country.
 Tour combinations are a combination of two or more
travel components that normally include at least one (1)
night in the destination country or city.
 These types of packages vary according to the travelers
requirements.
 Tour packages are classified as follows:
i. ground arrangements;
ii. land arrangements inclusive of tour packages; and
iii. inclusive escorted tour packages.
 All of the major domestic and inbound tour operators in
the Philippines offer packages to the major tourist
destination in the country, such as Baguio and Banaue
in the north, Cebu, Iloilo, Tacloban and Boracay in the
Visayas, Palawan and major sites in Mindanao.

Review of Learning Outcome 3

A. FILL IN THE BLANKS. For each item, write on the empty

space/s, the word/term that would best satisfy the
meaning of the sentence.

1. The are able to provide reservation services

to its clients.
2. Clients however may opt to book direct with the
or via ,
although these are normally at premium rates.
3. The alternative is making reservations through
in-country or through long-distance, fax messages, or e-
mail to Inbound Tour Operations in the destination country.
4. are a combination of two or more
travel components that normally include at least one (1)
night in the destination country or city.
5. are half-day or full day tours to sights and
sites of interest in the destination country.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

6. are operated exclusively for certain individuals.

7. refers to sightseeing tours with other
individuals on a first-come-first-accommodation basis, on
scheduled departures
8. The , a publication of the Reed Travel
Group, offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide.
9. Tour packages are classified
as follows: ; ; and
inclusive
.
10. All of the major and
in the Philippines offer
packages to the major tourist destination in the country,
such as Baguio and Banaue in the north, Cebu, Iloilo,
Tacloban and Boracay in the Visayas, Palawan and major
sites in Mindanao.

ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITY

RESEARCH TIME

A. Bring samples of travel agency leaflets or brochures. Be

able to tell which one offers the best service to your
classmates by giving its special features and why do you
consider it as the best service being offered to prospective
travelers.
B. Make an album, and put yourself in the shoes of a
prospective traveler or the owner of the travel agency.
Think of all the possible imaginary things to be included in
your album (portfolio). Be creative.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE

PERFORMANCE
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Icon for
Learning
Outcome Learning Outcome 4
Discuss the Group Travel Arrangements
Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:

1. define group travel arrangements;

2. describe the travel insurance/assist card; and
3. assist travelers to select the best products and
services offered.

Planning a trip for business or pleasure involves different tasks.

Depending on the size of the organization or the type of business,
travel arrangements can be made through a Travel Agency or
directly on line.
Travel arrangement is the way things or people organize particular
purpose or activity, and it is something that is done to prepare or
plan for something in the future.

Travel agency is a retail business that sells travel

products and services to customers on behalf of the suppliers.
These suppliers include:
 airlines campanies
 car rentals
 cruise lines
 hotels
 railways
 sightseeing tours and packages
The benefits in using Travel Agencies are: reduces the travel
arrangement workload because they have instant access to all
level-related data; offers excellent advice on all travel services; and
knowledge of exchange rates, suitable clothing, travel insurance
and climate conditions.

A. Ad Hoc Group Travel Arrangements

 The term “Ad Hoc” is a Latin word for “as the need arises”.
 Therefore Ad Hoc refers to special travel
arrangements for pilgrims, students and any other form
of travel.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

 Like MICE travel, land arrangements are normally

provided through the Outbound Tour Operators, while the
airlines provide attractive fares and concessions.
B. Insurance/ Assist Cards
 Travel Insurance (TI)
i. People travel for different reasons, business and
leisure, and because of the advancement of
technology, travel is faster, more convenient and
further afield. However, the travel anxiety and worries
still persist.
ii. There is always a concern for what might happen
during the journey and what to do, when things do
happen.
iii. Thus, insurance companies have developed a
specialized type of insurance – travel insurance –
geared to the needs of travelers.
iv. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as
repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and
travel expenses, and loss of personal effects.
v. Travel insurance helps people to travel with ease and
peace of mind whether it’s for business on leisure.
Travel insurance packages are normally classified as:
1. travel health; or
2. travel-related assistance.
vi. Most insurance companies in the Philippines also
deliver specialized and customized coverage for
different cases.
vii. Insurance companies and travel agencies have the
same target market. People who can afford to travel
can afford to buy insurance for health, medication, and
travel.

 Assist Cards
i. This provides health and accident security overseas in
a manner that the host in-country handles all the
necessary requirements a traveler may have.
ii. In the Philippines, Assist Card is the best known
company that provides this service.
iii. Travel insurance deals with the medical assistance –
expense reimbursements and insurance benefits. Safe
travel is the primary concern of insurance companies.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

iv. However, insurance companies also help to promote

other tourism segments, like medical tourism. This
parallel activity helps position the Philippines as a
“medical hub” in the region.

C. Miscellaneous
 Miscellaneous travel-related services cover a wide
selection of products and services available directly from
principals or through travel management companies.
 Foreign telephone calling cards are provided by PLDT,
Bayan Tel, Digi Tel, and Globe Telecom.
 These products and services are retailed and sold as
individual products to prospective end-users.

Review of Learning Outcome 4

A. IDENTIFICATION. Identify what is being described in each item number.

1. The way things or people organize for a

particular purpose or activity and it is
something that is done to prepare or plan
for something in the future.
2. A retail business that sells travel products and
services to customers on behalf of the
suppliers.
3. It refers to special travel arrangements for
pilgrims, students and any other form of travel.

4. Normally provided through the Outbound Tour

Operators, while the airlines provide
attractive fares and concessions.
5. A Specialize type of insurance geared to the
needs of travelers.
6. Classifications of Travel Insurance Packages in
travel agencies.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

7. This provides health and accident security

overseas in a manner that the host in-
country handles all the necessary
requirements a traveler may have.
8. It covers a wide selection of products and
services available directly from principals
or through travel management
companies.
9. The parallel activity by insurance companies
that helps promote other tourism
segments like medical tourism.
10. It offers a range of coverage and provisions
such as repatriation, death, unforeseen
accommodations and travel expenses,
and loss of personal effects.

ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITY

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper.

1. Why do travel agents offer services other than air passage

and the processing of travel documents?
2. Which train is the easiest way to travel?
3. What are the major international cruise companies?
4. What are the sea tourism products available in the Philippines?
5. What are the major international hotel/resort chains in the world?
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LET’S DO IT!

Research Time!

1. Identify and locate on a map at least ten (10) cities/places

serviced by the MRT/LRT, and trace an imaginary itinerary
through bordering cities. Use it as the starting point.
2. Locate on a world map the areas of operations of at least
three international cruise companies, and trace the cruise
itinerary detailed in the brochure.
3. Determine which car rental companies in the Philippines
accept reservations for car rental overseas.
4. Download a copy of a Travel Insurance Form, fill it out, then
reflect on its provisions or its coverage, and be able to
share it in class.

Direction: SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ACTIVITY

Level PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Let the teacher Achieved
assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without
performance in supervision and with initiative and
the following adaptability to problem situations.
critical task and
7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily
performance
without assistance or supervision.
criteria.
5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but
requires some assistance and/or
supervision.
3- Can perform parts of this skill
satisfactorily,
but requires considerable assistance
and/or
supervision.

The Instructor will indicate his initial on the level

achieved.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

LESSON 2 TRAVEL AND TOUR ACCOUNTING

DOCUMENTS AND BILLING STATEMENT

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Process Travel and
Outcome
Tour Accounting Documents

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:

1. understand the importance of issuing travel and tour

documents correctly;
2. describe the sequential flow of travel and tour
documents from the issuer to the intermediary to the
provider of services; and
3. explain the distribution of the different copies of the
various travel and tour documents.

A TMC/travel agency is characterized as a Retailer because it

normally transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler.
As such, transactions are between the client and the TMC/travel
agency on the one hand, and between the TMC/travel agency and
the supplier on the other.

A. Walk-in Client to TMC or travel agency

The following transaction sequence applies for walk-in clients
paying with cash or credit cards. A detailed flowchart is presented:

1. These clients requests for travel arrangements through an

agency’s operations department, specially a travel counselor
or counter staff.

2. The travel counselor processes the booking card for travel.

The slip is prepared in triplicate and distributed as follows:
 Original copy – it is exchanged for an air ticket or a
tour voucher or both, by the travel counselor to the
custodian of documents in the accounting in the
accounting department
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

 Duplicate copy – it will be retained by the

operation department as a file copy.
 Triplicate copy - is given to the client and surrendered
to the cashier together with the cash payment.
3. Clients pass cash or with a credit card to the cashier.

4. The cashier receives the payment and issue a receipt

(official/provisional) which is presented to the travel
operator.

Stages 1 & 3 will be the responsibility of the Client while the 2 & 5 will be the travel
operation and stage 5 will be served as the travel accounting documents

5. The travel counselor releases the travel documents upon

presentation of the receipt.

B. Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency

The following transaction sequence applies to corporate

clients with credit facilities.

1. The corporate client requests for travel arrangements for

one of its executives or employees through a “letter of request”,
a “travel order” or an “authorization to travel” document signed by
an authorized officer of the company.

2. The travel counselor checks the significance of the

authorized officer against the file copy of the contract
agreement with the TMC/travel agency. The travel agency
processes the Booking Card for Travel. The documents are as
follows:
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

i. Original copy – it is exchanged for an air ticket or

tour voucher or both, by the travel counselor to the
custodian of documents in the accounting
department.

Stages 1 & 5 will be the responsibility of the travel operation while the 2 & 4 will
be the travel operation and stages 3 & 6 will be served
as the travel accounting documents

ii. Duplicate copy – it will retain to the operation

department for file copy.
iii. Triplicate copy – it is given to the accounting
department for issuance of a Billing
Statement/Invoice that is sent to the client for
collection.

3. A billing officer or an assigned staff of the accounting

department prepares a Billing Statement/Invoice, which is an
external accounting form, detailing the charges due for the
travel arrangements requested by the corporate client.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

4. When all documents are ready, the travel counselor collects

the invoice form the billing officer and sends it to the
corporate client together with the travel documents.

5. The corporate client settles the amount due, within the

time limit of the credit facility granted.

6. The cashier receives the payment and issues the official receipt.

Travel Agency Accounting

A. The Tour Voucher (or Exchange Order)

 It covers all the transactions in the field.

 These are documents issued by the travel agents and/or
tour operators that are hand-carried by the
end-users/travelers, and collected by the suppliers in
exchange for services.
 Suppliers providing such services are paid upon
presentation of the said tour voucher/exchange vouchers
to the issuing entity.
 As such, the services specified in the voucher must be
accurate, and in the case of revisions, these must be
approved by both the bearer and the supplier, and clearly
noted in the voucher.
 These are like checks – they are a liability to the issuing
entity – and as such, any alteration that is not authorized
renders it null and void.

B. Travel Agency to Tour Operator Accounting – with credit

arrangements

1. The travel agency requests for a tour package by issuing a

Booking Order. A booking order is a document prepared by
the reservations staff, requesting services from suppliers. It
is also known as reservation request. The booking order is
prepared in duplicate as distributed as follows:
i. The original is sent to the operator.
ii. The travel counselor retains the duplicate copy as file
copy of the operations department.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

2. The tour operator counselor receives the booking order

and processes arrangements.

3. When the arrangements are confirmed, the tour

operators’ Billing Officer prepares the invoice. copies of
the invoice are distributed as follows:

Stages 1 & 6 will be the responsibility of the travel agency while the 2 & 5 will be
the travel operation and stages 3, 4 & 7 will be served
as the travel accounting documents

i. The tour operator sends the Original Copy to the agent

together with the tour voucher.
ii. The Duplicate Copy is also sent to, but is returned by,
the travel agent with the name and signature of the
person who receives it and the date it is received.
This copy becomes the file of the accounting
department.
iii. The tour operator retains the Triplicate Copy as file
copy of the operations department.
4. The accounting department posts the invoice for collection.
5. The travel agency receives both the tour voucher and the
tour operator’s invoice. Copies of the tour voucher are
distributed as follows:
i. The Original copy is given to the end-user or traveler
through the travel counselor.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

ii. The Duplicate Copy is forwarded to the tour operator’s

accounting department for posting and reconciling
with its own invoice
iii. The Triplicate Copy is sent to the Operations
Department as file copy.
6. The travel agency pays the tour operator’s invoice.
7. The tour operator issues official receipt.
C. Travel Agency to Tour Operator Accounting – with credit
arrangements

1. The supplier collects the Original Copy of the Exchange

Voucher from the bearer and provides the services
stipulated therein. The supplier then prepares its own
invoice to send to the tour operator with the Original Copy
of the Exchange Voucher/Tour Order for collection.
2. The tour operator checks the accuracy of the supplier’s
invoice, verifies the services invoice, and processes re
delivered.
3. The accounting department receives authorization from
Operations Department to settle the supplier’s invoice, and
processes payment.
4. The supplier receives the payment and issues official receipt.

D. Tour Operation to Supplier Accounting

1. The tour Operator’s department sends the reservations
request to the supplier.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Stages 1 & 3 will be the responsibility of the operations while stage

4 will be the accounting and stages 2, 5 & 6 will
be
the responsibility of the supplier

2. The supplier receives the booking order, confirms

the arrangements and issues the invoice.
3. The operators review the suppliers invoice for correctness.
4. The accounting department processes and releases payment.
5. The supplier pays and issues the official receipt.
6. The supplier provides the services to the client.

Review of Learning Outcome 1

A. KEEPING IN FLOW. Arrange the following in sequential

order. Use the number system in ordering.

I. Walk-in Client to TMC or travel agency

The travel counselor releases the travel documents upon
presentation of the receipt.
The clients pass cash or with a credit card to the cashier.
The cashier receives the payment and issues a receipt
(official/provisional) which is presented to the travel operator.
The travel counselor processes the booking card for travel.
The client requests for travel arrangements through an
agency’s operations department, specially a travel counselor
or counter staff.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

II. Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency

The corporate client requests for travel arrangements for
one of its executives or employees through a “letter of
request”, a “travel order” or an “authorization to travel”
document signed by an authorized officer of the company.
A billing officer or an assigned staff of the accounting
department prepares a Billing Statement/Invoice, which is an
external accounting form, detailing the charges due for the
travel arrangements requested by the corporate client.
The travel counselor checks the significance of the
authorized officer against the file copy of the contract
agreement with the TMC/travel agency.
The corporate client settles the amount due, within the time
limit of the credit facility granted.
When all the documents are ready, the travel counselor
collects the invoice from the billing officer and sends it to
the corporate clients together with the travel documents.
The cashier receives the payment and issues the official receipt.

B. FORMING GENERALIZATIONS
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

GENERALIZATION: Give your analysis by giving the point of difference

between the two processes as shown. Answer the question briefly and
concisely.

ENHANCEMENT ACTIVITY

FIELD WORKS

A. Interview a tour operator and ask him/her about his/her

experiences in the field. Make a report on the
interview, then share the information during class
discussion.

B. Work in triads then form a worthy exchange of ideas

about the topic, listen and make conclusions
afterwards. Assign a group secretary to jot down the
necessary information of the conversation.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

C.Collect documents usually secured in travel

arrangement. Clip them to your portfolio then share to
the class what you have gathered.

D.Divide the class into two groups and perform a skit

presentation. Group 1 will simulate a Walk-in Client to
TMC or travel agency while the other group will create a
mock up of a Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency.

SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE

ACTIVITIES
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient

Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Follow Procedures for airline
Outcome

Ticket Payment Through the Banking System

Objectives

At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:

1. understand the procedures to follow for airline

ticket payment through the banking system; and

2. appreciate the underlying principles of billing settlement.

IATA’s Billing and Settlement Plan (BSP) is a system designed

to facilitate and simplify the selling, reporting and remitting
procedures of IATA Accredited Passenger Sales Agents, as well as
improve financial control and cash flow of participating airlines. A
worldwide system that operates in some 177 countries and
territories. In 2012 IATA’s BSP processed $251.8 billion.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

BSP is a system designed to facilitate and simplify the selling,

reporting and remitting procedures of IATA Accredited Passenger
Sales Agents, as well as improve financial control and cash flow for
BSP Airlines.

A truly worldwide system: at the close of 2013, there were 88

BSPs, covering 179 countries and territories serving about 400
airlines, while gross sales processed amounted to USD 259 billion.

Benefits of a BSP
1) Simplification: agents issue one sales report and remit
one amount to a central point; airlines receive one settlement
covering all agents; simplifies and reduces work through the use of
electronic ticketing on behalf of all BSP Airlines; and agents’ sales
are reported electronically.
2) Savings: less resources required for billing and collection;
electronic distribution of billing reports, and generation of
debit/credit memos.
3) Enhanced Control: increased financial control thanks to
centralization and grouping; consolidated document flow, permitting
accelerated quality controls; overall process monitoring by a neutral
body

A. IATA
The International Air Transportation Association (IATA) is the
umbrella association of all commercial air transportation companies.
It allows airlines to combine their individual networks into a global
public service despite language, currency and legal differences.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Through airline cooperation in IATA, the travel process is

simplified by allowing travelers to fly on several scheduled airlines
in many different countries and make payments in one single
currency.

Travel Agencies are encouraged to be accredited with IATA in

order to avail of the following benefits:
1. Access to the association member tickets stocks for more
efficient servicing of the traveling public.
2. Credit facilities which enable a travel agency to extend credit
to its customers, thereby maximizing the use of money. Credit
facilities imply financial stability.
3. Prestigious accreditation, which connotes efficient service,
professionalism, keeping abreast with developments and
trends, reliability and international recognition.
4. Applicable commission received at the point of sale resulting
in more agency revenues; direct access to the carriers.
5. Centralized settlement services through the BSP.
6. This plan is time-and-cost-effective allowing staff more time to sell.

However, travel agencies that are not accredited with IATA

can still transact business with prospective travelers by ticketing
directly with the air carriers on a cash basis or acting as sub-agents
of IATA-accredited travel agencies through special arrangements.

B. The BSP
The Billing Settlement Plan (BSP) has been developed by IATA
member airlines in consultation with travel agents to simplify the
selling, reporting and remitting procedures of their passenger sales
agent.
The main advantages gained from the BSP by the IATA-
Accredited Travel Agencies are the following:

1. Standardized procedure
2. Standard traffic documents (tickets and multi-purpose
documents of MPDs)
3. Standard administrative forms
4. Special ticket imprinter, agents validation plate and
carrier’s identification plates
5. Single sales transmittal to one central reporting point
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

6. Single settlement payment

7. Single, automatic supply of standard traffic documents
8. Single inventory
9. Cost savings
10. Overall standardization resulting in simple, time-saving
procedures.

Review of Learning Outcome 2

A. IDENTIFICATION. Provide, on the space before the
number, what is being defined in each item. Write legibly.

1. is a system designed to facilitate and

simplify the selling, reporting and remitting
procedures of IATA Accredited Passenger
Sales Agents, as well as to improve financial
control and cash flow of participating
airlines
2. is the umbrella association of all
commercial air transportation companies
3. the number of BSP’s covering 179
countries at the close of 2013
4. the 2013 BSP’s Gross Sales
5. is a low fare, ticket-less airline
B. WORD FORMATION. Provide the appropriate meaning of
the following acronyms.

6. IATA :

7. BSP :

8. ADM :

9. MPDs :

10.AA :
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

ENHANCEMENT
ACTIVITY

SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS

Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper.

1. What is the difference between non-IATA and IATA-accredited

travel organization?
2. What is the difference between a purchase order and a tour order?
3. What is the difference between a tour order and an exchange order?
4. What is the difference between IATA and BSP?

LET’S DO IT!

Group Work

1. Prepare a correct check requisition payment of all the

suppliers involved in the previous group proposed activity.

2. Prepare a correct Invoice, Billing Settlement or Statement of Accounts.

3. Research on:
 The standing of IATA in the year 2012. Compare it to
2013 IATA’s standing. Then, construct a comparative
analysis report which will be given an account of in the
class.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

OVERALL EVALUATION
Directions: Level
Achieve PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Ask the d
teacher to
assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision
performance and with initiative and adaptability to
in the problem situations.
following 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
critical task assistance or supervision.
and 4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but
performance requires
criteria. some assistance and/or supervision.
1 - Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily,
You will be but
rated based requires considerable assistance and/or
on the overall supervision.
evaluation on
the right side.
The Instructor will indicate his initial on the level achieved.

Let’s See How Much You Learned

Post Test 4
A. MULTPLE CHOICE. For each item, read the sentence/s or
phrase/s carefully, and write the letter of the correct answer
on your sheet of paper.

1. It features individual air-conditioned cabins.

a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

2. The cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches

on each side which can sit up to three people
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

3. It features a four-bed air-conditioned cabin: two beds on

each side, with one stacked on top of the other.
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

4. This features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side

of the cabin.
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class

5. The other term for Line LRT-1.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line

6. The first metro system in Southeast Asia, built earlier

than the Singapore MRT by three years.
a. Manila LRT
b. Manila RRT
c. Manila LTR
d. Manila LRTA

7. The other term for Line MRT-2.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line

8. The other term for Line MRT-3.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

9. The meaning of AGT.

a. Automated Guideway Transit
b. Automatic Guideway Transit
c. Autorun Guideway Transit
d. Air Guideway Transit

10. The largest interisland shipping company in the

Philippines today, that operates the “Sail Away” inclusive tour
packages.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises

11. It operates various packages on board its own fleet

of interisland vessels, to eight (8) major tourist destinations
in country.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises

12. The first global cruise line with the youngest and most
exciting fleet of cruises ships in the world.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises

13. Refers to sightseeing tours with other individuald on a

first-come-first- accommodation basis, on scheduled
departures.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
d. Sightseeing Tours
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

14. The half-day or full-day tours to sights and sites of

interest in the destination country.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
d. Sightseeing Tours

15. A retail business that sells travel products and services

to customers on behalf of the suppliers
a. Travel Agency
b. Retail Agency
c. Product Agency
d. Suppliers Agency

16. Refers to special travel arrangement for pilgrims,

students and any other form of travel.
a. Ad Hoc
b. Ad Coalium
c. Ad Initio
d. Prima Facie

17. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as

repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel
expenses, and loss of personal effects.
a. Health Insurance
b. Travel Insurance
c. Business Insurance
d. Death and Loss insurance

18. The card that provides health and accident security

overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the
necessary requirements a traveler may have.
a. Tour Card
b. Multipurpose Card
c. Assist Card
d. Departure Card
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

19. It covers a wide selection of products and services

available directly from principals or through travel
management companies.
a. Miscellaneous Travel-related Service
b. Miscellaneous Travel-unrelated Service
c. Miscellaneous Arrival-related Service
d. Miscellaneous Departure-related Service

20. What does IATA mean?

a. International Air Transportation Association
b. Interrelated Air Transportation Association
c. Interrupted Air Transportation Association
d. Intermission Air Transportation Association

21. This covers all the transactions in the field.

a. Tour Voucher
b. Assist Card
c. Departure Clearance Card
d. Travel Guide Card

22. The document prepared by the reservations staff,

requesting services from suppliers.
a. Booking Order
b. Tour Order
c. Assist Order
d. Checking Order

23. What does BSP mean?

a. Board Settlement Plan
b. Billing Settlement Plan
c. Billing System Plan
d. Billing Systematic Plan

24. The meaning of ADM

a. Agency Debris Memo
b. Agency Debit Memo
c. Agency Detour Memo
d. Agency Dire Memo
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

25. The meaning of MPD.

a. Multi-planning Documents
b. Multipurpose Documents
c. Multiple Planning and Purpose Documents
d. Multilingual Purpose Documents
26. It is characterized as a Retailer because it normally
transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler.
a. TMC/ Travel Agency
b. TTMC/ Travel Agency
c. IATA/ Travel Agency
d. BSP/Travel Agency
27. The card that provides health and accident security
overseas in a manner that the host in-country handles all the
necessary requirements a traveler may have.
a. Assist Card
b. Health Card
c. Traveler Card
d. Doctor- patient Card
28. Deals with medical assistance – expense
reimbursements and insurance benefits.
a. Health Insurance
b. Fire Insurance
c. Expense Insurance
d. Travel insurance
29. The publication of the Reed Travel
group which offers a comprehensive listing of
hotels worldwide
a. Resort and Travel Index
b. Hotel and Travel Index
c. Reed Travel Index
d. Comprehensive Hotels and Reed Travel Index
30. It brings a unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic
and
Disney Wonder
a. Super Disney Ferry
b. Land Cruise
c. Disney Cruise Line
d. Princess Cruise
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

A. Multiple Choice
Direction: Read the statements carefully and write the letter
of your best choice in your answer sheet.

1. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation,

death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss
of personal effects.
a. Health Insurance
b. Travel Insurance
c. Business Insurance
d. Death and Loss insurance

2. Which government tourism agency is entitled to the collection

of travel taxes on individuals?
a. Department of Budget and Management
b. Bureau of Internal Revenue
c. Philippine Tourism Authority
d. Department of Finance

3. It refers to an assembly of people for a common business

purpose and social interchange between attendees
e. Convention
f. Conference
g. Exhibitions
h. Seminars

4. This kind of tourist destination will surely bring relaxation and

relieve stress to the visitors during their spare time. Some of which
are theme park, casino, fitness center, and spa center
a. Entertainment
b. Shopping
c. Recreation
d. Education
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

5. It covers a wide selection of products and services available

directly from principals or through travel management companies.
a. Miscellaneous Travel-related Service
b. Miscellaneous Travel-unrelated Service
c. Miscellaneous Arrival-related Service
d. Miscellaneous Departure-related Service

6. All of the following are advantages of internet in the travel business,

except
a. It avoid payment of commissions on the part of the customer.
b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control
over the search.
c. It ignores personal motivation.
d. It reduces paperwork.

7. Russia is part of this continental land area.

a. South America
b. Middle East
c. Europe
d. Africa

8. These are not meetings but many convention organizers are also
responsible for developing and operating incentive programs. It
denotes something that incites or has the tendency to incite to
determination or action.
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives

9. The meaning of MPD .

a. Multi-planning Documents
b. Multipurpose Documents
c. Multiple Planning and Purpose Documents
d. Multilingual Purpose Documents
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

10. The European Global Distribution System founded by

AirFrance, Iberia Lufthansa and SAS
a. Sabre
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Amadeus

11. What TMC department segment will benefit if the marketing

plans are effectively delivered to the consuming public.
a. Personnel
b. Sales
c. Accounting
d. Operations

12. The document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting

services from suppliers.
a. Booking Order
b. Tour Order
c. Assist Order
d. Checking order

13. The travel evaluation indicator that is addressed upon

answering the question: “Did you learn new things from your
travel?”
a. Accessibility
b. Comfort and convenience
c. Safety and security
d. Education and entertainment

14. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation

before the advent of e-commerce and the internet?
e. Manual Reservation
f. Electronic Reservation
g. Automated Reservation
h. None of the Above
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

15. Any direct or indirect, issue or policy conflict – even if minor or

remedial – which may arise from the travel management company’s
retention of a corporate client must be revealed, including any joint
venture that is deemed as conflict of interest.
e. Confidentiality
f. Conflict of Interest
g. Illegal Information Brokering
h. Point of View

B. Matching Type
Direction: Match the meanings in Column A with terms in
Column B. Write the letter on your answer sheet.

COLUMN A COLUMN B
Meaning Term

1. This map is intended to describe the A. Bureau of

state and national boundaries of places. Immigration
2. This government agency is
mandated to monitor the entry and exit of B. Gender
foreign nationals
C. Rate-minus
in the country.
3. An example of demographics variable D. Civil Aviation
4. The 10% commission reserved by the Authority of the
travel agent to the vendor. Philippines
5. The type of hotel that has facilities
E. Seat-in-coach
suitable for holding meetings, conferences,
and conventions. F. Super Ferry
6. Example of religious tourism.
7. The largest interisland shipping G. Itinerary Card
company in the Philippines today.
H. Political Map
8. It is a complete record of all
requirements of the passenger. I. Corporate hotel
9. The government agency that has the
power to implement policies concerning air K. Topography Map
travel safety.
10. Sightseeing tours on a first- L. Condotel
come-first- accommodation basis. M. Cost-plus

N. Via Crusis
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

C. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Classify the following company/tourism sector
according to their area of business operations. Write your
answer in a separate sheet of paper.

Sulpicio Lines PAL Express Cebu Pacific

Northstar Transport Manila Metro Rail All-Suite Hotel
Transit
Resort Super Ferry Nissan Rent-A-
Car
Sky Pasada

Land Air Maritime Accommodation/

Transportation Transportation Transportation Lodging

D. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Write your understanding about the details
of the illustration below.

I. Distribution Flow of Travel Product (10 points)

Commercial Entities SCORING RUBRICS

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
Travel Management 8 – Proficient
Company 10 - Advance

Customer
s
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

II. Intranet and Extranet in Travel Management (5 points)

Intra Extra

TMC
SCORING RUBRICS
1 – Beginning
2 – Developing
3 – Approaching
4 – Proficient
5 - Advance
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Synthesis
Travel – it allows us to relish the multicolored and flavorful cultures
served before us in the banquet of life. Categorically, we travel to explore
strange and uncharted worlds, and later on, realize that no matter how
diverse our orientations are, still, we are united by our powerful faith in
our religion, and by our ceaseless liking for pleasure. We travel to lose
ourselves to the fascinating burst of man’s precise designs and God’s
incomparable art sense – both intertwined to create bliss. Indeed, we
travel, then we explore, appreciate, and finally, realize. But, along our
travel, we breakaway – we acquire new perspectives in life and heave old
principles, and most importantly, we find ourselves once again, in the
process of rebuilding ourselves, we fortify our identity as a Filipino, and we
keep a sanctuary of patriotism in our deepest core.

On the other hand, travel is not solely for personal advantage. In

fact, the Travel-and-Tourism domain is delivering significant economic
contribution in the Philippines today. It opens thousands of job
opportunities available for Filipinos nationwide and even overseas, thus,
spurring innovation for inclusive growth, and transforming the lives of
people to the best quality of living there is.

The value of travel and tourism subjectively and in general is

inevitable. This is the very reason why familiarizing oneself with the
functions of the various personnel involved in this area is primordial. In
every traveler’s endeavor in exploring different parts of the world, there
are intermediary channels between commercial establishments and
clienteles such as travel agencies and travel management companies that
can assist them in realizing their travel plans. A traveler should be well-
adept as to the steps undertaken in instituting and setting up travel
management business. Moreover, how travel agencies perform their
business online using Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and Global
Distribution System (GDS) should be recognized in order to facilitate
comfort and assurance in achieving a worthwhile itinerary.

Several factors should be taken into account when dealing with

travel and tourism – the visitors’ length of stay, origination, purpose of
visit, distance traveled, means of transportation, kind of accommodations
given to them and other dimensions. There are also factors that push or
distract them from traveling; whether as part of leisure, business, or both.
Other important factors that influence the visitors upon traveling are their
needs, motives, and aspirations, as well as their preferences that will
conform to the travel market and destination.

To close, travel and tourism require one to undergo careful steps, to

make practical decisions, and to deal with service providers in a manner
that exhibits broad-mindedness, respect, and professionalism. It is
through bearing these essentials in travel and tourism that one could
actually come across an experience of a lifetime.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

GLOSSARY

Ad Hoc Tour Package A tour put together according to the

specifications of a client.

Air ticket A document comprising all flight and other

coupons, issued by or in behalf of an air
carrier, which evidences the contract between
the passenger and the carrier, for the carriage
of the passenger and his baggage over a
certain route.
Airline A commercial company providing scheduled
air transportation and made up of its
equipment, personnel and array of facilities.

Assembly A company of persons gathered for

deliberation and legislation, worship or
entertainment.
Availability Space or services ready for sale, reservations
or commitments to a customer, at the time of
inquiry or need.

Back-to-back The two-way (round trip) use of seats in

transportation equipment. It is also
continuous operation of a tour package, with
minimal time between the departure of one
group and the arrival of the next one.

Baggage All articles, effects and personal property of a

passenger necessary for his comfort and
convenience in connection with a trip.

Baggage allowance The volume and weight of luggage that may

be carried on board by a traveler without any
additional charge.

Baggage Tag An identifying tag strapped to the passenger’s

luggage, issued by the carrier for
identification purposes.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Booking A reservation for a seat, room, tour or service.

Booking card A document prepared by a travel counsel or

reservations staff, which contains all the
pertinent travel information, data and status
of the prospective traveler’s trip.

Brochure A printed, book-type marketing tool with

pictures, graphics, illustrations and
appropriate texts describing the products and
services of a tour operator, and their specific
inclusions.
Browsers It allows anybody to contact and receive
messages from anybody who has access to an
online computer. The most popular browser in
the Philippines is Microsoft Internet Explorer.

Bump off To off-load passengers from a flight or trip.

Bus A large highway passenger vehicle that

provides scheduled services for individually
ticketed passengers.

Business Class Air travel by a class superior to economy but

lower than first class service.

Carrying Capacity The total essential services in a tourist facility

necessary to adequately meet the needs of a
number of travelers.

Carrier A duly franchised public transportation

company.
Cancelation Charge A fee collected by a supplier for failure of a
client to use a reserved space, without having
canceled the reservation within the allowed
cancelation period.
Check-in Refers to the formalities attendant to the
arrival of a guest at the place of lodging,
including filling out the registration form.

Check-in time A hotel day begins at 0600 hrs; however a

guest may only occupy the room after an
established check-in time, usually 1400H.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Checked-in Baggage Accompanied baggage turned over by

the passenger to the carrier.

Check-out Departure of a guest upon completion of

stay, including settlement of personal
accounts.
Check-out Time A specified time at which the hotel guest
must vacate the room, normally at 1200hrs.

Color Scheme Refers to the background color of the pages, if

any, or the color of maps and drawing.

Commercial Rate A special price for regular guests of a hotel.

Complimentary A service of product provided free of charge.

Conference A formal interchange of view, a meeting to

discuss matters of common concern.

Confidential Tariff A list of wholesale rates distributed in

confidence to travel agents and wholesaler by
tour operators.
Connecting Flight A segment on a going a passenger to
change aircraft (but not necessarily airline)

Corporate travel A special rate agreed upon between a non-

travel entity of travel activities presented in
an accurate, descriptive manner primarily for
marketing purpose.
Destination The ultimate stopping place according to the
contract of carriage in a ticket.

Denied boarding When a passenger is not allowed to board

flight due to insufficient or improper travel
documentation.
Departure Transfer A trip from a place of lodging to a
destination’s departure point.

Deprived Boarding When a paying passenger with valid ticket

and confirmed reservation is not
accommodated on a flight.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Descriptive Itinerary A schedule of travel activities presented in an

accurate, descriptive manner primarily for
marketing purposes.

Direct Flight A journey during which the passenger does not

have to change planes.

Domestic Tour A travel entity that operates tour packages

Operator within a country for residents of that country.

Economy Fare The fare for economy class service.

E-mail Newsletter A broadcast e-mail which is an electronic

marketing tool.

Excess Baggage The amount of luggage by weight, volume or

number of pieces that exceeds the baggage
allowance set by the carrier.

Excess Baggage A fee collected for the carriage of the baggage

Charge over and above the baggage allowance.

Electronic Ticket Transaction receipt that provides proof that

one’s air ticket is stored in the airline’s
database, which can be availed of upon
presentation of proof of identity.
Excess Baggage Tag A receipt issued by an airline to a
passenger evidencing payment for excess
weight on baggage.
Exchange Voucher A document issued by travel agencies and
tour operators, specifying services to be
provided by the bearer, and stipulating that
all charges incurred therein will be charged by
the company issuing the exchange voucher. It
is surrendered to the supplier in exchange for
the services mentioned.
Excursion A day tour lasting no more than 16 hours.

Excursion Fare A fare that is below two or more combined

fares on one-way sectors or legs.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Exhibitions Are also known as “trade events”, and

consists of a series of exhibit booths in which
people show their wares, hoping to influence
attendees towards ordering or purchasing
their wares. A trade show may be an integral
part of another type of meeting or it may be
free standing.
Extension A pre-arranged sub-tour offered as an option,
with corresponding extra charges, to the
buyers of a tour package. It may be availed of
before, during or after the basic tour package.

Extranet Contains product information that can be

accessed by outsiders- such as vendors and
clients- they form the company’s information
dissemination areas. This internet application
is most evident in the travel and tourism
industry, particularly with transportation
entities’ schedules and fares listings and with
destinations.
Familiarization Tour A complimentary or reduced rate tour for
media people or travel agents designed to
acquaint them with a specific destination.

Flight A scheduled air service identified by a flight

number.
Flight Coupon The portion of a passenger’s air ticket which is
surrendered upon airport check-in in
exchange for a boarding pass.

Flight Frequency The number of flights between two specified

sectors, or a specified period of time.

Foreign Tour Operator A travel entity that operates tour packages to

foreign countries for the residents of a
country.
Ground Arrangements A tour package classification that comprises
only transfers and sightseeing tours at a
destination.
Go-show To show up at the article counter with an open
dated ticket, for a chance to board a carrier.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Guaranteed Tour A tour guaranteed to operate, unless canceled,

before an established cut-off date.

Guided Tour A sightseeing tour conducted by a tour guide.

Hand-carried Baggage Personal effects carried by the passenger inside the

craft’s cabin.

Hospitality Resources A supply component consisting of all the

cultural wealth of an area which makes
possible the successful hosting of tourist.

Hospitality Room A room used for entertaining, usually a

parlor or function room.

Hotel An establishment that provides lodging, food

and beverages, and any other type of service
that cater to the needs of its guest.

Hotel Contract An agreement by which a hotel commits to a

tour operator to provide hotel services to a
traveler, who is a client of a travel agency
handled by the tour operator.

Hotel Contract Rate A negotiated net rate agreed upon by a tour

operator and a hotel, wherein the latter
commits to supply rooms of a specified
category at a flat rate.
Hotel Package A combination of board, lodging, transfers and
use of hotel facilities offered as a package by
accommodations establishments.

Inbound Tour A travel entity that operates tour packages

Operator within a country for residents of foreign
countries.
Incentives The word “incentive” denotes “something that
incites or has a tendency to incite to
determination or action”. Thus, it is an activity
to encourage the participant to increase
production or solve problems within an
organization.
Incentive Travel Rate A special room rate applied to a specific
incentive travel movement, on specified dates.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Incidental Charges Charges for personal services rendered that

are not
included in the arrangement made by the
tour operator or travel agent.
Inclusive Tour A tour package classification consisting of
transportation to/from destination, transfers,
sightseeing tours, accommodations and
specified meals.

Inclusive Escorted A tour package classification consisting of

Tour transportation to/from a destination, transfers,
sightseeing tours, accommodations specified
meals and the services of a tour escort.

Interactivity Refers to the interaction between vendor and

vendee in cyberspace. It makes it easy for
visitors to get in touch with the agency.
References to the guest registry and
opportunities to send e-mail to individual staff
members of the company must be available
throughout the site.
International Date The last meridian or where the plus (+) 180º
and the minus (-) 180º meet. When the area
West of the International Date Line is Monday,
the area East of it is Sunday. When this line is
crossed going west, the date is advanced one
day. When crossing this line going east, the
date becomes a day earlier.
International Tourism The movement of tourists between and
among different countries.

Internet Service The server of the internet that delivers access

Provider (ISP) to the enchanted kingdom, and the browser
makes it come alive in the computer screen.
There is a number of ISP worldwide but it is
essential to know that to access the internet,
there must be a modem for cable connection
or a wireless connection and the service of an
ISP.
Interpreter A person who translates orally for person
conversing in different Languages.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Intranets In the world of corporate travel management

the internet provides the last frontier in the
dissemination of corporate travel policies and
procedures and the enforcement of rules,
regulation and restrictions pertaining to
travel.
Islands Bodies of land surrounded by water.
Isthmus A narrow strip of land between two large
bodies of water.

Itinerary A schedule of sites and activities arranged

in chronological order.

Lakes Bodies of water surrounded by land.

Land Arrangement A tour package classification that comprises
transfers, sightseeing tours, and
accommodations and specified meals at a
destination.
Late Arrival A reservation that is expected to arrive at a
place of lodging, with due notice, after
1800hrs.
Late Check-out A departing guest who remains beyond the
check- out hours, normally 1200hrs.

Latitudes Imaginary horizontal lines stretching from the

Prime Meridian East up to the International
Date Line; and from the Prime Meridian West
up to the International Date Line.

Layout Similar to format, it is more of a technical

description for distributing columns of text
and the size of the pictures or visuals. The
most critical aspects of the layout are the
conceptualization of both the title and the
back pages.
Lecture A lecture may be a part of a program of
another meeting, or it may be a session by
itself. This is a formal presentation by a single
person, generally on a single subject.
Questions from the floor may or may not be
encouraged.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Legs A portion of a flight between any two

consecutive scheduled stops.

Links A web page without links is like an action

movie without sound. Links and graphics bring
pizzazz to the web pages. The screen usually
show text links in blue letter that are
underlined. This tells viewers that a
“wormhole” to another world exists right
there. There is no telling which routes viewers
will take, but the link can nudge them in the
right direction - toward interactivity-by
designing with the viewer in mind.
Load Factor The percentage ratio of the carrier’s capacity
sold, to the total capacity offered for sale.

Local Tour Operator A travel entity that operates sightseeing tour

packages within a locality for both foreign and
domestic visitors.

Locator Maps Maps with grids (square formed by a series of

vertical and horizontals lines) with horizontal
numbered squares on top and lettered vertical
squares on the side (or vice-versa) of small
geographical areas used to locate hotels,
attractions and the like.

Longitudes Imaginary vertical lines stretching from the

North Pole to the South pole. These lines are
not straight, but follow the boundaries that
separate the different countries.

Luggage All articles, effects and personal property of a

passenger necessary for his comfort and
convenience in connection with a trip.

Magnetic North The direction all compasses point to.

Manager for Tours A person who supervises the operations of a
tours department of a travel agency.

Manager for Travel A person who supervises the operations of the

travel department of a travel agency.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Geographical area or socio-economic

Market denomination whose members have
disposable time and money to travel outside
their place of residence for leisure and other
purposes.
Meeting Defined as the coming together of a group of
people with similar interests to accomplish
some predetermined goals or purposes.

Minibus A medium-sized highway passenger vehicle

that provides transportation and sightseeing
tours services for passengers traveling as a
group or on a tour package.

Mountains Elevated terrestrial masses that are peaked

or serrated
An acronym for Multi Purpose Document, an
M.P.D. airline document, used to request specific
services from a supplier, for the person
named in the document.

Nautical Charts Rectangular flat map that provide general

indications of the ocean’s depth in fathoms
and the characteristics of the sea bottom
(sandy, coral, mud).

Navigation Tools These help the visitors find where they want
to go. If they cannot quickly find what they
are looking for, they will look elsewhere.
Often, a navigational top bar meets this
requirement.
Night Club A place of entertainment which opens at
night for eating and drinking, usually with a
floor show.
Net-Net Actual cost of a component, without
commissions or mark-up, and inclusive of
taxes and service fees, when applicable.

Net Rate A wholesale rate to be marked up for

eventual resale.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Niche Marketing The best example of internet marketing as it

provides the unique opportunity to make a
travel management company’s travel
expertise (or whatever that expertise may be)
available to anybody in the world who has
access to an online computer.

Northern Hemisphere All the area north of the equator – seasons are
the opposite of the southern half: when it is
winter (December) in the Northern
hemisphere, it is summer in the Southern
Hemisphere.
North Pole The top of the earth. The true north. Where
the Arctic is.

No-Show A reservation that is neither cancelled nor

fulfilled.
A fee collected by a supplier for a reservation
No-Show Charge that is either cancelled or fulfilled.

Non-sked A supplemental transportation service, other

than scheduled service; short for non-
scheduled.
Non-stop Flight A flight between two points in which the
aircraft does not land in-between.

The percentage of rooms sold to the total

Occupancy available rooms offered for sale.

Oceans Large bodies of water: The earth’s oceans are:

the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian and the
Arctic. Oceans make up 2/3 of the earth
surface.
Off-line Cities or countries not on the route of a carrier.
Off-load To remove a passenger or freight already
boarded for whatever reason.

One-on-One-E-mail Simple, effective and a cheap way to send a

message to an individual client. While some
argue that e-mail is a poor sales tool, good e-
mail marketing pays off if it is done
consistently and professionally.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Cities or countries through which a carrier

On-line operates.
One-way Fare The fare from one point to another with no
provision for the return trip.

Open Ticket An airline ticket which does not specify when

a service is to be performed, which makes the
passenger responsible for securing
reservation at a later date.

Open-dated Ticket An air ticket with no reservation on specific

flight/s or date/s; an airline ticket which does
not specify.
Optional Tour A tour that is not part of the basic package.
Outside Connections Links with other companies organizations for
cross- selling. For example, if your website
promotes mountaineering activities, the
companies or organizations that can help sell
are the mountaineering and outdoor clubs and
organization
Overbooking The practice of committing more rooms or
seats than are available; a hedge against “no-
shows”.
Over-ride-commission Commission given in addition to the
regular or standard commission.

Over Stay To remain beyond the expiration of the

reserved stay.

Package Rate The person, twin-share rate of a tour package.

Panel A meeting where a group of experts with
diverse views on the same subject presents
ideas in turn, under the direction of a
moderator. Questions from the audience are
appropriate and requested just prior to a
summarization by the moderator.
Peak Season The period of greatest arrival/departure of
tourists.
Pamphlet A one/two-fold printed marketing tool with
pictures, graphics, illustrations and text
describing products and services of a travel
agency or tour operator. Usually with four to
eight pages.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Paper Stock Quality conveys the desired image however a

more important consideration is the weight.
Paper stock should also match the front and
back covers material, which usually thicker
than the pages.
Passenger Coupon The portion of a passenger’s air ticket that
constitutes the passenger’s written evidence
of the contract of carriage.

Passport An official government document for

international travel that certifies the identity
and citizenship of the bearer; a document
issued by a national government to their
citizens as proof of their citizenship which
permits them to leave their own country.
Payment Advice A slip of paper detailing the breakdown of
the amount to be paid by the client to the
travel agent.
Peninsula A large projection of land into water.
Personal Selling Oral presentation in a conversation with one
or more prospective purchasers for the
purpose of making a sale.

Plateau An elevated terrestrial mass that is flat.

Plus-Plus A term used to indicate that taxes and
gratuities must be added to the stated rate.

Physical Maps A rectangular flat map that features the

natural geophysical features of the earth’s
land mass, such as terrestrial elevations,
plateaus, valleys, rivers, and the like.

Pilgrim A person who travels primarily for

religious purposes.

Point-to-Point Fare The basic fare from one city to another

covering only the cost of the ticket.

Political Maps Rectangular flat map that features the

political boundaries of the different
countries of the world.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Port of Call A stopover of a cruise trip where shore

excursions are offered.

Porterage A per-baggage fee paid for handling services

at airports, piers, and sometimes, at hotels.

Pre/Post Tours A range of sightseeing tours and tour

packages offered before and after a
convention.
Press Conference A special kind of meeting where members of
the media (newspapers, magazines, radio and
television) are invited to a gathering to be
given information on some new event or
development.
Prime Meridian The first meridian or the first Longitude (0
degrees). It is also referred to as Greenwich
Meridian Time (GMT). Thus, the time in the
first Time Zone after the Prime Meridian is
GMT plus 1. The Philippines is GMT plus 8 or
eight time zones ahead of GMT. New York, on
the other hand, is GMT negative 4 or four time
zones behind GMT. Los Angeles is GMT
negative 8 or eight time zones behind GMT.
Privacy and Security Unless the company publishes its privacy
policy, visitors may be unwilling even to
consider leaving their names and addresses in
the registry book. The company must be
honest and tell the visitors what the company
plans to do with the information received for
them, and provide them with complete
information about the company’s security
protocols for financial transactions.
Prorate To divide the cost of a travel component or
service by the number of passengers, actual
or projected, availing of such service or
component.
Published Rate A with a built–in-commission distributed by
suppliers.
Purchase Order A document issued by non-IATA travel
agencies requesting an IATA-accredited travel
agency or an airline to issue air tickets or
other specified service
from tour operators, to the person(s) in favor
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
of the passengers named in the document.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Quad A room occupied by four individuals.

Rack Rate The published rate of hotel, not discounted
in anyway, with built-in commission.

Run-of-the House The average between the maximum and the

Rate minimum room rate available (except suites)
committed to by the hotel to tour operators,
with rooms assignments made on the best
available basis upon arrival.

Reconfirmation A statement of intent to use a reservation.

Refund The repayment to the client of all, or a portion
of, a fare or charge, for unused carriage or
service.
Registration Card A form completed by the guest upon check-in
at an accommodation establishment.

Regular Tour Package A tour put together according to the demands

of the market to a popular tourist attraction or
destination.
Re-routing The change of a passenger’s route, fare, class
or service, schedule or validity, from the one
provided in the original transportation
documents.
Reservation An advanced request for available space at
some time in the future.

Resort A place of lodging endowed with

special characteristics.

Retreat A period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation,

or study of instructions under a director. This
name is often used for religious retreats, but it
is also employed to define a very specific type
of meeting in the corporate, association or
educational world. A retreat maybe useful
when the employees under severe pressure or
stress and facing burnout.
Revalidation The authorized alteration and stamping of
an air ticket by an airline.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Room Service Food and beverage service provided in the

privacy of a guest’s room.

Rooming List A list that provides the names of a person in a

group, along with such other information as
who will be roommates with who, and the
type of room.
Round-trip fare The fare from an origin point to another and
back to the origin point by the same route.

Round-trip Package A tour package consisting of travel from one

point to another and returning via another
route as the outbound trip.

Sale Promotions Short-term incentives to encourage the

purchase or sale of a product or service.

Scale The comparative measurement on the map

vis a vis actual measurement.

Seas Next largest to the oceans are the seas (some

large lakes are also called seas – the Black
Sea, the Caspian Sea and the Dead sea in
Israel, for example)

Segments (or sector) A portion of a flight between any

consecutive scheduled stops.

Seminar Defined as the coming together of a group of

people with similar interest with a purpose of
giving or discussing information. Seminars are
of a specific nature and conducted by a
recognized expert in the field and attended by
persons interested in the subject matter who
are willing to pay the required fee
Series Rate A special group rate applied to a number of
groups from the same tour operator, with
identical itineraries arriving at regular
intervals.
Service Charge Administrative fee, either fixed or percentile,
added to a person’s account to cover
gratuities and tips.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Service fee A fee paid to a travel agent for services

where the agent receives a commission.

Shore Excursion A day tour offered to the passengers of a

cruise ship.
Signposts Directions to the websites. These are located
in the virtual community site of cyberspace,
such as the Global Distribution Systems.
Popular internet meeting places are other
travel-related websites and cyberspace chat
rooms.

Single Room A room occupied by one person, regardless

of the number of beds in the room.

Single Room Rate The full price of a room for one person,
regardless of the size and number of beds in
the room.
Single Room A surcharge for single room accommodation
Supplement in a tour package.

Size Plays an important part in the distribution of

the material. Flyers and leaflets are normally
folded to fit standard, legal-size envelopes.
Handouts are normally given out, so that
mailing costs are not important. For
pamphlets, the desired size should fit a
standard, legal-size envelope to avoid having
special envelopes made. As a rule, brochures
will always require special made-to-order
envelopes.
Skeletal Itinerary A vague, rough schedule of travel activities.
Southern Hemisphere All the area south of the equator - seasons
are the opposite of the northern half: when it
is winter (June) in the Southern Hemisphere, it
is summer in the Northern Hemisphere.

South Pole The bottom of the earth. Where the Antarctic

is.
Special Interest Tour A tour package designed for clients with a
common interest on a specific subject.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Stopover A deliberate break in a journey, allowed by a

carrier, at any point between the point of
origin and destination.

Straight Water passages between bodies of land.

Suite One or more bedrooms with lounge or parlor.
Supplier A provider of tourism services or tour
package components.

Surcharge An additional charge that a client must pay for

voluntarily by the clients of better or more
services than those offered in the tour
package.
Tariff A supplier’s published list of rates,
fares and
services.
Technical Itinerary A schedule of travel activities detailing times,
flights, travel times and the like.

Temperate Zones The areas between the North Pole and the
Tropic of Cancer, and the areas between the
Tropic of Capricorn and the South Poles. Here,
the wind normally blows from west to east,
and it is called the Temperate winds.

Text Concise writing copy for the webs differ from

other writing because of the web’s unique
technology, that is, non-linear, interactive,
and the language is brief and to the point
succeeds better than wordy, complicated text.

Through Flight A flight between two points with one or more

points in between, where a passenger may
embark or disembark.

Ticket A contract of carriage.

 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Time Zone The areas between two longitudes. Therefore

a Time Zone is the area between 0 degrees
and + 15 degrees: 15 degrees and + 30
degrees; 30 degrees and +45 degrees and so
forth until plus 180 degrees: and 0 degrees
and -15 degrees: 15 degrees and -30 degrees
and -45 degrees and so forth until -180
degrees.
Tour An arranged trip from one point of origin to
one or more places and back.

Tour Base Fare A reduced fare available on specified dates

and between specific points to passengers
who purchase a tour package from a tour
operator. The reduced air fare used to
assemble an Inclusive Tour Package. It is only
available to tour operators.
Tour Escort/ An individual who accompanies a group of
Conductor travelers from the origin point to the
destination(s) and back, in order to handle
all travel details, look after the well-being of
the travelers and manage the tour.
Tour Group At least ten or fifteen people traveling
together on the same itinerary organized by a
tour operator.
Tour Guide An individual who, either is an employee or an
affiliate of a licensed tour operator,
accompanies tourists, both foreign and
domestic, for a fee, commission or any other
form of lawful remuneration on local
sightseeing excursion to provide pertinent
commentaries, and look after their general
well- being.
Tour Operator A travel entity or company that operates
assembled tour packages, made up of
transportation services, accommodations and
meals, and guide or tour escort services.

Tour Organizer An individual who organizes tour package for

the members of an organization, social club or
special interests group.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Tour Package A tour that includes two or more travel

component, to one or more destinations,
involving one or more overnight stays.

Tour Voucher A document issued by a tour operator

specifying services to be provided to the
bearer, which is surrendered to the supplier in
exchange for the services stipulated. It
stipulates that all charges incurred therein will
be charged to the company issuing the tour
voucher.
Tourism Industry A composite of entities, both in the public and
private sectors, engaged in the planning,
development, marketing, sales, operations
and evaluation of destinations, product and
services that cater to the needs of the
travelers.
Tourism Product The composite of tangible and intangible
elements centered on specific attractions and
activities at a specific destination. To the
tourist, the product is perceived or
experienced.
Tourist A traveler whose visit to a destination or
attraction lasts for more than twenty-four
hours and requires lodging facilities.

Tourist Activity An element in a tour package that determines

the choice of the traveler to experience the
tour package.

Tourist Attraction An element in the tourism product which

determines the choice of a tourist to prefer
one destination rather than another.

Tourist Bus A large highway passenger vehicle that

provides transportation and sightseeing tour
services for passengers travelling as a group
or on a tour package. Also termed “motor
coach”.
Travel Agency A commercial establishment where a
prospective traveler can secure information,
expert advice and make arrangements to
travel by air, sea or land to any part of the
world.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Travel Representative A person employed by, or affiliated with, a

licensed travel agency, who solicits business
from travelers for a fee or commission.

Triple Reduction A per-person discount, based on the half-twin

rate of a tour package, granted to each of the
three persons occupying a triple room.

Upgrade To provide a product or service of higher

value than what was paid for.

Unaccompanied A passenger’s luggage sent as freight on a

Baggage separate craft.

Validation The imprint on a document or ticket with a

special stamp that makes it legal.

Voucher A written communicationbetween one set

of accounts and another.

Wait-list A supplier’s list of customers who seek space

on a date that is sold out.

Workshop A brief, intensive educational program for

relatively small group of people in a given
field that emphasizes participation in problem
solving efforts.
World Wide Web One aspect of the internet. However, because
of its capabilities, it is the internet’s major
component. Once on line with a modern
browser, anybody can
cruise the web that appears on the screen,
complete with graphics, text, activity, audio
and video.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

References
Books

Reil G. Cruz. (2000). Principles of Travel and Tourism: Focus

On the Philippines Version 2. Tourism Research
Philippines. SFDM, Quezon City . ISB 971-92219-0-9

Marc Mancini, Ph.D. (2006). Access: Introduction to Travel

and Tourism. Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd. Emerald
Avenue, Ortigas Avenue, Pasig City. ISBN-13: 978-981-
2656-43-8

, Request Proposal for Travel Management

services, 2003.

Altinay L & Paraskevas A (2008). Planning research in

hospitality and tourism (Butterworth-Heinemann)

Amadeus Reservations, Fares and Ticketing Manuals –

February 2014 Asia Pacific Tourism Training Institute, Travel

Agency Accounting
Handout, Quezon City, August 1997

Beaver, A. (2005). A Dictionary of Travel and Tourism

Terminology, CABI.

Brotherton, B. (2008). Researching Hospitality and Tourism: A

Student Guide (Sage Publications),

Buhalis, D., (2003). eTourism: Information Technology for

Strategic Tourism Management, Pearson.

Buhalis, D., and Schertler, W., 1999, Information and

Communication Technologies in tourism,Springer-
Verlag, Wien-New York, ISBN 3-211-83258-0.

Chambers, Erve (Ed.) (1997) Tourism and Culture: An Applied

Perspective. Albany, NY: State University of New York
Press.

Chang, T.C. (1999) “Local Uniqueness in the Global Village:

Heritage Tourism in Singapore” Professional
Geographer. Vol. 51, no. 1,
p. 91-103.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Claravall, B.G. Travel and Tour Operation in the Philippines,

Paper Design Corner, Manila, Philippines. 2007.

Collins V. R., (Ed) (2008) The Tourism Society's Dictionary for

Tourism Industry. New York Printing Press.

E. Murer, Internet for Retail Travel Industry, Thomson

Delmar Learning, 2003.

ENTER'98 Conference Proceedings, Istanbul, Springer-Verlag,

Wien- New York.

Fesenmaier D., Klein, S., and Buhalis, D., 2000,

Information & Communication Technologies in
Tourism, ENTER'2000, Springer-Verlag, Wien-
New York, ISBN 3-211-83483-4.

Fesenmaier, D., Werthner, H., Wober, K, 2006, Destination

Recommendation Systems: Behavioural Foundations
and Applications HB 0851990231, CABI, London.

Frew A., (Editor) 2005, Information and Communication

Technologies in Tourism: Proceedings of the
International Conference in Innsbruck, Austria, Springer-
Verlag Vienna ISBN 3-211-24148-5

Gary Inkpen 1998,Information Technology for Travel and

Tourism, Longman, ISBN 0-582-31002-4

Harris, R. and J. Howard. (1996) Dictionary of Travel, Tourism

and Hospitality. NY: Hospitality Press.

Jafari, J. (Ed) 2000.Encyclopedia of Tourism. Routledge.

Jenkins, J. and J. Pigrams, (Eds) (2003) Encyclopedia of

Leisure and Outdoor: London: Routledge.

Jennings, G. (2006) Tourism Research (John Wiley &

Sons,Australia). Laudon, K., 2004, E-Commerce: Business.

Technology. Society.: Case

Book Update, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-321-26937-3

Lawrence, E., Newton, S., Corbitt, B., Braithwaite, R., Parker, C., 2002,
Technology of Internet Business, Wiley, Australia.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Lehmann, A.D, Travel and Tourism, Indianiapolis, USA: Bobbs-

Merrill Educational Publishing.

Libosada Jr., Carlos M. (2010)Domestic Tourism. Anvil

Publishing House Inc. Mandaluyong City
Marcussen, Carl H. 2006, Internet and Distribution of
European Travel Updates, Centre for Regional and
Tourism Research,
Denmark http://www.crt.dk/UK/Staff/chm/P_CHM.htm

McHone, W. Warren Brian Rungeling (2000) “Practical Issues in

Measuring the Impact of a Cultural Tourist Event in a Major
Tourist Destination.” Journal of Travel Reasearch. Vol. 38,
February , p. 299-302.

Medik, S. and Butterworth, (ed) (2003) Dictionary of Travel,

Tourism and Hospitality.

Miller, Julie (1997) “Cultural Tourism Worthy of Note” Hotel and Motel
Management. Vol. 212, sept. 1, p. 7.

Mills, M. and Rob Law (Editors), 2005, Handbook of

Consumer Behaviour,Tourism and the Internet
Haworth Press Inc.,U.S. ISBN 0-7890-2599-X

Mills, M. and Rob Law (Editors), 2005, Handbook of

Consumer Behaviour,Tourism and the Internet
Haworth Press Inc.,U.S. ISBN 0-7890-2599-X

Nyheim, P., McFadden, F., Connolly, D.,2005, Technology

Strategies For The Hospitality Industry, Pearson-
Prentice Hall, New Jersey.

OAG Executive Flight Planner, OAG Worldwide, Church Street,

Dunstable, Bedfordshire, LU5 $HB, UK

Obando, R.J., LSM Asia Pacific Manning & Training

Conference, Manila, 19-21 November 2001.

O'Connor P., 2004,Using Computers in Hospitality

Thomson Learning ISBN 1-84480-045-8

Passenger Air Tariff, IATA Netherlands, 1118 ZR Amsterdam

Schipol Airport, The Netherlands.
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

Philippine Travel Agencies Association, Travel Handbook,

Pasay City: PTTA, 2010.

Pizam, A. and A. Elsevier (Ed) (2005) International

Encyclopedia of Hospitality Management. Routledge.

Poon, A., 1993, Tourism, Technology And Competitive

Strategies, Oxford: CAB International.

Porter, M, 2001, Strategy and the Internet, Harvard Business

Review, March, pp. 62–78

Quillen, Ed. (1997) “Cultural Tourism for Fun and Profit. “ The
Denver Post. May 6, p. B-9.

Rojek, C. and J. Urry (Eds.) (1997) Touring Culture:

transformations of Travel and Theory. London and New
York: Routledge.

Sheldon, P.J. Wöber,K., Fesenmaier D.R. (Eds) 2001,

Information and Communication Technologies in
Tourism 2001: Proceedings of the International
Conference in Montreal, Canada, 2001: Springer-Verlag
Vienna ISBN 3-211-83649-7

Smith, S. (2010) Practical Tourism Research (CABI).

Starr N. and S. Norwood, (1996) The Traveler's World: A

Dictionary of Industry and Destination Literacy.
Prenctice Hall.

Veal, A. J, (2006) Research Methods for Leisure and Tourism:

A Practical Guide, 3rd ed (Prentice Hall),

Vival, Victor R. (2010) Principles of Tourism. Anvil Publishing

House Inc. Mandaluyong City ISBN 978-971-27-2267-7
(np) ISBN 978- 971-27-2363-6 (bp)

Werthner, H. and Klein, S., (1999) Information

Technology and Tourism-A Challenging
Relationship, Springer, New York.

Wöber, K.W. A.J. Frew M. Hitz (Editors) 2002, Information and

Communication Technologies in Tourism 2002:Springer-
Verlag Vienna ISBN 3-211-83780-9
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

WTO, 1999,Marketing Tourism Destinations Online:Strategies For The

Information Age, World Tourism Organization,Madrid.

WTO,2001, eBusiness for Tourism: Practical;

Guidelines For Destinations And Businesses,
Madrid: World Tourism Organisation.

Electronic Resources

 General Sources:
http://3.bp.blogspot.comHihWGeNIwbI/Ut3TNfciWuI/AAAAAAAAOiU/C
6XVuqAnFcU/s1600/1.png

https://www2.nbta.org/usa/about/Pages/TheValueofTravelManagement
.aspx

http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Downloadable%20Files/RA%209593.pdf
http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Pages/20091015TourismActof2009.aspx
http://www.tesda.gov.ph/inc/files/CBC%20Travel%20Services%20NC
%20II.doc

http://www.academia.edu/5236691/Discussion_1_Prelims_

http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/c/
constant_representation_of_6_
stages_using_arrows_vision_flowchart_templates_power
point_ slides_1.jpg

http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/h/hands_emphasizing_7_stages
_process_flow_chart_powerpoint_slides_1.jpg

http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/3/3d_successive_arrows_6_stag
es_flowchart_powerpoint_free_slides_1.jpg

http://vigattintourism.com/assets/article_main_photos/optimize/134828
65300D0UPluG.jpg

http://adventuroj.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/ilocos-tour.jpg
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

 Department of Foreign Affairs:

www.dfa.gov.ph

 Discover Philippines (Northern Mindanao):

http://www.wowphilippines.ca/index.php/destinations/
mindanao/norther n-mindanao

 About Philippine Tourism

http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Downloadable%20Files/Chap3%20Philippin e
%20Tourism%20Industry.pdf
http://www.tourism.gov.ph/SitePages/functions.aspx

 About Private Sectors:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_airlines_of_the_Philippines
http://www.nscb.gov.ph/secstat/d_trans.asp
http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_transport_in_the_Philippines
http://www.ppa.com.ph/ppa%20web/portstat.htm
http://www.sunstar.com.ph/manila/local-news/2012/12/24/big-
three-oil-
players-total-hike-gasoline-prices-259934
http://setupmyhotel.com/about-hotel-industry/classification-
of-hotels-
by-there-type.html
http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Types_of_restaurant
http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cafeterias
http://infoasaid.org/guide/philippines/media-overview

 Business Permit/Accreditation Requirements:

http://www.dti.gov.ph/dti/uploads/file/BRR-Travel%20Agency.pdf

 About National Historical Commission of the Philippines:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
National_Historical_Commission_of_the_Ph ilippines

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
List_of_historical_markers_in_the_Philippin es

 About Types of Tourism:

http://www.asiatravel.com/philfestival.html
http://www.experiencephilippines.org/adventures-
tourism/

http://en.wikipilipinas.org/index.php?
title=Ecotourism_in_the_Philippine s
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Philippine_dishes

http://www.rxpinoy.com/medicaltourismphilippines/v2/show- stage.php?
pti=2&ac=none

 About Reading and Interpret Map:

http://www.slideshare.net/TriciaMowat/geo-skills-2-parts-of-
a-map
http://geography.about.com/od/understandmaps/a/map-
types.htmv

http://geography.answers.com/maps/different-types-of-maps-
and-their- uses

 About World Geography:

http://www.airnzagent.co.nz/iata-areas-map
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/North_America
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_America
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_America
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middle_East
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oceania

 Internet in Travel Industry:

http://www.statisticbrain.com/internet-travel-hotel-booking-
statistics/ http://www.eyefortravel.com/mobile-and-
technology/%E2%80%9Ctechnology%E2%80%99s-brisk-pace-
has-propelled-travel-agents-constantly-redefine-their

http://epubs.surrey.ac.uk/1126/1/fulltext.pdf

 About Global Distribution System:

http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-3-from-
computer- reservation-systems-to-global-distribution-
systems

http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-4-
introduction-to- amadeus
http://www.travelport.com/Products/Worldspan-Go
http://www.travelport.com/Corporate-Site/Solutions/
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10
Travel-
Agencies/Overview
 LM-Travel Services Grade
10

http://www.sabreairlinesolutions.com/home/
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sabre_%28computer_system%29

http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-3-from-
computer- reservation-systems-to-global-distribution-
systems

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galileo_CRS

 The Amadeus Global Distribution System Manual:

http://www.air.flyingway.com/books/amadeus/Amadeus_Guide.pdf